The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D02-041 - KING COUNTY METRO - SOUTH BASED02-041 KC METRO SOUTH BASE 11911 E. Marginal Way S. EXPIRED Value of Construction: Type of Fire Protection: Type of Construction: Public Works Activities: doc: Devperm City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 1023049066 Permit Number: D02 -041 Address: 11911 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Issue Date: 07/08/2002 Suite No: Permit Expires On: 01/04/2003 Tenant: Name: KC METRO SOUTH BASE Address: 11911 EAST MARGINAL WY S, TUKWILA, WA Owner: Name: METRO ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Address: SBANNEX- 5432 - 50706- D50314, 821 2ND AVE Contact Person: Name: MARC DALLAS Address: 201 S JACKSON ST, TR0431, SEATTLE, WA Contractor: Name: BEISLEY INC Address: 230 MAPLE WOOD CT NE, BELFAIR, WA Contractor License No: BEISLI *027LC DESCRIPTION OF WORK: REMODEL OF EXISTING MEETING ROOM; REMODEL OF EXISTING GENERAL OFFICE AREA TO CREATE (2) NEW OFFICES; RELOCATE EXISTING WALL BETWEEN (2) OFFICES $110,707.00 SPRINKLERS /AFA Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk/CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: N Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversize Load: N Sanitary Side Sewer: N Sewer Main Extension: N Storm Drainage: N Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Water Meter: Channelization / Striping: ntx Start Time: Private: n Private: n ** Continued Next Page ** D02 -041 Phone: Phone: 206 684 -1332 Phone: Expiration Date: 10/01/2003 Fees Collected: Uniform Building Code Edition: Occupancy per UBC: : w. htTM. <ww.awiwe.nG.,ttTlie�aauw+r..c' r .F-: r•n� ! End Time: Public: n Public: n $1,745.83 1997 0016 Printed: 07 -08 -2002 z ~ w et 2 O 0 co 0 1- W O 2 u_ ? CO d = uJ H =. Z 1_ I— 0 Z 1- w U O N D I— w 111 H 17-- u- ..Z W U= O 1 ' -' z Permit Center Authorized Signature: �C` ��1�- �k�r� Date: I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does no esume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or he p rmance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Z,1€ ,• Signature: Date: Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: Devperm City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 //ce,f D02 -041 Printed: 07 -08 -2002 1 doc: Conditions City of 'Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 PERMIT CONDITIONS Parcel No.: 1023049066 Permit Number: D02 -041 Address: 11911 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 02/07/2002 Tenant: KC METRO SOUTH BASE Issue Date: 07/08/2002 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT * ** 2: No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 3: Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health. Plumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296- 4722). 4: Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State Division of Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be inspected by that agency (206- 835 - 1111). 5: All mechanical work shall be under separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila. 6: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any construction. These documents are to be maintained and available until final inspection approval is granted. 7: Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seismic Zone 3. 8: Partition walls attached to ceiling grid must be laterally braced if over eight (8) feet in length. 9: Any exposed insulations backing material shall have a Flame Spread Rating of 25 or less, and material shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. 10: All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1997 Edition). 11: Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 12: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings in conformance with the Uniform Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Quality Code, Chapter 51 -13 WAC. 13: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 14: ** *FIRE EXTINGUISHERS * ** -UFC Article 10 and NFPA 10. 15: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 16: * * * EXITS * * * - UFC Article 12 17: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) 18: * ** SPRINKLER SYSTEMS * ** - UFC ARTICLE 10- NFPA 13 19: All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 20: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recorgnized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the D02 -041 Printed: 07 -08 -2002 Signatur Print Name: doc: Conditions City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1901) 21: Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1900 and #1901) 22: Maintian sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. 23: ** *FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS * ** - City Ordinance #1646 -NFPA 72 24: The installation of wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with N.F.P.A. 70, Article 760, Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (NFPA 72- 1- 5.5.4) 25: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1900) (UFC 1001.3) 26: Remote alarm annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #1900) 27: When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #1900) 28: Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 (1- 5.2.8.2)) 29: In areas that are not continuously occupied, automatic smoke detection shall be provided at each control unit(s) location to provide notification of fire at that location. (NFPA 1 -5.6) 30: ** *ELECTRICAL * ** UFC Article 85 - NPFA 70 - NEC 31: An aisle to and working space shall be provided for each electrical panel. An aisle width not less than 24 inches shall provide access to the panel and 30 inches of working space shall be provided directly in front of the panel. (NEC 110- 16(a), NEC 110- 16(c)) 32: Each circuit breaker shall be legibly marked to indicate it's purpose. (NEC 110 -22) 33: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 34: * ** BUILDING CONSTRUCTION * ** - (UFC, UBC) 35: Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. 36: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 37: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 512. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575- 4407. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performar ..of work. J /S, .7 Z4 0 002 -041 Printed: 07 -08 -2002 Value of Construction: Site Address include suite number) City State /Zip Tax Parcel Number: Property Owner: Street Address: City State /Zip: Contractor: ___ Phone: Street Address: City State/Zip: Engineer: Description of work to be done (please be specific): RereCeL OF exisTtM meerI is wow gancoEI► o ' exISTiNG. GENERAL, a AREA To Cg Xr CZ) mew c F ICes, gexcivre EKISTINCv JAL~. esvweekl C2) oArices Existing use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑ Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel 7 Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Proposed use: ❑ Retail 0 Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ❑ Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel 154 Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Building Square Feet: SG 644 S.F existing No. of Stories: � Area of construction (sq ft): k12 I `j.F, Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes fil no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? ❑ yes r5a no . Existing fire protection features: 1 93, sprinklers 154, automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material in the building? p yes ❑ no Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets CITY OF TU '/VILA Permit Center 6300 Southccnter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Project Number; Permit Number: sbco two 4' Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application • Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. Date application accepted: II /11/1111 c'lpermil tlOt• APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE /CIVIL PLAN REVIEW OF THE FOLLOWING: (Additional reviews may be determined by the Public Works Department) ❑ Channeti.ation /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ I-looc) Control Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Landscape Irrigation ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Storm Drainage ❑ Street Use ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Private 0 Public ❑ Water Meter /Exempt 11: Size(s) 0 Deduct 0 Water Only CI Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp it Size(s): Est. quantity: gal Schedule: ❑ Miscellaneous Value'of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. this figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is issued within 180. days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 d.iys upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. • Date applic.tion expires: Application taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK • APPLICATION FORM ...... , _....,.., XS'fiatir^,Y1IMN YF.- db.`,�l+.. ».., »..�s.y:.:•••• ;'. A b �. �,. � �. � aaa: tx.. t: 2srx' rgrx .i,'a?R " a BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZE NT: Signatur gate . Q _ 0 z . Print INK. *4_1, 4,... *CI: _6. Acrwiress r s_ J amCileSdriv S - ti aiy.31 r ii0iii 4' .li . APPLICATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER ➢ ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN ➢ BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED NIA SUBMITTED ❑ ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : ❑ ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing casements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing/grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 113.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H -9). ❑ ❑ Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled ❑ ❑ Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. Z ~ W D _t0 0 0 0 to J • = F— W w w 2 El ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site g Q ❑ El Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack Z W F - layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of _ Z t— rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. i— 0 ❑ CI Indicate H Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished z I- El El Construction details U U) El ❑ Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water 0 w supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed F 2 w sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. t!- ~O ❑ El ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. ❑ El Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 999 Third Avenue, Suite 700, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect /engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing the agent to submit this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PER JURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. 11/30/00 ewer:0. Ioc eit Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Applicant: Receipt No.: Initials: User ID: Payee: TRANSACTION LIST: ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: doc: Receipt City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 1023049066 11911 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW KC METRO SOUTH BASE R020000244 BLH ADMIN Current Pmts KING COUNTY -METRO TRANSIT DIVISION Amount Payment Check 3993 Description BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE RECEIPT Type Method Description 000/322.100 000/386.904 Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: 1,059.85 Payment Date: 02/20/2002 01:15 PM Balance: $0.00 1,059.85 Account Code 1,055.35 4.50 Total: 1,059.85 D02 -041 APPROVED 02/07/2002 463 02/21 '1716 . fO i"AL. 1059005 Printed: 02 -20 -2002 ii RECEIPT Parcel No.: 1023049066 Permit Number: D02 -041 U p Address: 11911 EAST MARGINAL WY S TUKW Status: PENDING N Ca Suite No: Applied Date: 02/07/2002 J H App licant: KING COUNTY SOUTH FACILITIES OFFICE REMODEL Issue Date: w u_ Hw Receipt No.: R020000178 Payment Amount: 685.98 Q Initials: SKS Payment Date: 02/07/2002 10:47 AM = d User ID: 1165 Balance: $1,059.85 t _ Z1..- i1— O Z I— Payee: KING COUNTY METRO Ill til U O - O 1- Type Method Description = w . Amount F- -- U_ -O TRANSACTION LIST: Payment Check 3988 685.98 lilt U 2_ OH Z ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: doc: Receipt City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES Description Account Code 000/345.830 685.98 Total: 685.98 ji . ..:, , t�'8 116 • TOT AL 685.90 Printed: 02 -07 -2002 PERMIT NO.: r Z . 04 BUILDING PERMITS INSPECTIONS ❑ 2 ❑ 3 ❑ 4 ❑ 5 ❑ 7 ❑ 50 ❑ 60 ❑ 70 ❑ 71 ❑ 72 ❑ 90 ❑ 95 ❑ 100 ❑ 200 ❑ 250 ❑ 300 ❑ 350 ❑ 400 ❑ 450 ❑ 500 ❑ 525 ❑ 550 ❑ 600 ❑ 610 700 ❑ 750 ❑ 800 ❑ 801 ❑ 802 ❑ 803 ❑ 815 00 1000 ❑ 1001 ❑ 1110 ❑ 1115 ❑ 1120 ❑ 1140 ❑ 1400 1700 1900 3100 4000 4001 4001 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 0 0 0 0 0 Progress Inspection Status Pre - construction Investigation OK to Occupy Remove Stop Work Order Follow -up Pre -Move Inspection WSEC Residential WA Ventilation/Indoor AQC NLEA Inspection/Modular Struct Mobile Home Tie Down Insp Marriage Lines Resteel Footing Drains Foundation Footings Foundation Walls Foundation Insulation Concrete Slab /Slab Insulation Crawl Space Shear Wall Nailing Plywood Wall Sheathing Roof Sheathing Nailing Plywood Deck Nailing Exterior Wall Sheathing Masonry Chimney Chimney Installation/All Types Framing Roof/Ceiling Insulation Floor Insulation Wall Insulation Exterior Roof Insulation Glazing Inspection Lighting and Controls Suspended Ceiling Interior Wallboard Fastening Exterior Wallboard Fastening Pre - Move Inspection Motor Inspection Pre -Demo Pre - reroof Final -Fire Final- Building Final - Reroof Site Visit Special- Concrete Special -Bolts in Concrete Special - Mom/Resist Conc Frame Special -Reinf Steel Prestress Special - Welding Special- High- Strength Bolting Special - Structural Masonry Special -Reinf Gypsum Concrete Special - Insulating Conc Fill Special -Spray Fireproofing Special - Piling, Piers, Caissons Special - Shotcrete Special - Grading, Excav /Fill Special - Retaining Wall Special -Panels Special -Smoke Control System TENANT NAME: CONDITIONS 10001 Plan Reviewer: e , e , hole ev. sk, ,¢ `?. 0 4L FGtae5 4ce WtD�( No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division 10002 Plumbing permits shall be obtained through King Co 10003 Electrical permits obtained through L & I 10004 All mechanical work shall be under separate permit 10005 All permits, insp records & approved plans available 10006 All structural concrete shall be special inspected ❑ 10007 All structural welding shall be done by WABO certified inspector ❑ 10008 All high- strength bolting shall be special inspected ❑ 10009 Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected ❑ 10010 When special inspection is required...notify Tukwila Building Division ❑ 10011 The special inspector shall submit a final signed report 10012 Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation 10013 Partition walls attached to ceiling grid 10014 Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment ❑ 10015 Engineered truss drawings & calcs shall be on site 10016 Any exposed insulation backing material shall have 10017 Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation ❑ 10018 A statement from the roofing contractor verifying fire retardant class of roof 10019 All construction to be done in conformance w /approved plans 10020 Structural observation shall be provided for this project 10021 All food preparation establishments must have King Co 10022 Fire retardant treated wood shall have flame spread of 10023 Notify Building Division prior to placing any concrete 10024 All spray applied fireproofing shall be special inspected 10025 All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated 10026 All structural masonry shall be special inspected 10027 Validity of Permit 10028 Rack storage requires separate permit ❑ 10030 No occupancy of building until final insp by Bldg Div ❑ 10031 Comply with requirements of TMC 16.04 ❑ 10032 Remove all weeds, concrete, stone foundations, flat concrete ❑ 10034 Removal of septic tanks require approval and compliance with King Co Health Dept. ❑ 10035 Contact PW Div to obtain insp for water /sewer connect ❑ 10036 Manufacturers installation instructions required on site ❑ 10038 A C of 0 will be required for this permit ❑ 10039 Final approval for all TI w /in the limits of the SC Mall ❑ 10040 All construction noise to be in compliance with 8.2 TMC 10041 Ventilation is required for all new rooms & spaces ❑ 10042 Fuel burning appliances ❑ 10043 .Appliances, which generate ❑ 10044 Water heater shall be anchored ❑ 10045 Reroof ❑ "Anchoring — All new construct and substantial improvement shall be anchored to prevent flotation" Permit Tech: 6K Date: 7 / Date: 2 l el/wCrL Z W 6 UO to CO w I _ . 1~ WO J tL co = W Z F W 0 • j U � O P O H W W IF— - u O W Z U 2 O ~ Z P o ct: lJ o s:OI // / Art TY % f s j / �� g //ray( m / lcrs Date?ll 7 O pecialInstructions: u//ell D at a a.m. Reque t ^ ' 5be-5 I - INSPECTION NO. CITY'OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISIO 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit • iDD?-1041 IT O. (206 431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 41 7 •flL >s Date $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at t300 Southcenter Blvd. 'Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: Receipt No.: z Z CC W UO J = CJ) LL W ¢ N � 2 � Z � Z° W U � O — O I-- T W T W i U W Z tll F- � z �1 Projj , 7 f 7 / n ( i r ' , Typ of Inspection: I " iI /I C-( Address. / /.9// 6 �42 �4L Date Cal ed: -- tea --0... _ special Instructions �� .631 11 I MO ( I Date Wanted: a. Requester: Phone o• r:360 r/ INSPECTI Approved per applicable codes. Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Date: El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS /" -t ; 10 s ' .24 El $47 . REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at t300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Project: XL t' /ill ?,:? /,/ i-/ cf - Cr Type of Inspection: 7 - ." 1 /7 1 /426 . Address: /% // E /1/l rl // - / 1 S Date Called: 2 ) _Z Special Instructions: ✓ / Ti1i,(/6 •_:; ,e34 ,/ Date Wanted: Z2-0 (,a p.m. Requester: i ,e/c)PEe.r/ 2 : ), j4.6)e:z Phone No: <e > 3/ 14444:04 4 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 '1! O. (20. 431 -3670 COMMENTS: Date :,) , 7 Corrections required prior to approval. S47.00 REINSPECT) N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 1300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: February 6, 2003 Marc Dallas 201 South Jackson St., TR0431 Seattle, WA 98104 RE: Permit Application No. D02 -041 11911 East Marginal Way South Dear Permit Holder: In reviewing our current records the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the Uniform Building Code and /or Uniform Mechanical Code, every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: This inspection is intended to determine if substantial work has been accomplished since issuance of the permit or last inspection; or if the project should be considered abandoned. If such determination is made, the Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve a one -time extension up to 180 days. Extension requests must be in writing and provide satisfactory reasons why circumstances beyond the applicants control have prevented action from being taken. In the event you do not call for the above inspection or request and receive an extension prior to March 26, 2003, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, Stefanie Spencer Permit Technician Xc: Permit File No. D02 -041 Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director • Call the City Of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670 to arrange for the next or final inspection. Steven M. Mullet, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 z w re JU 00 N O - • _ t-- LL, W O u. rn = d = . z f.. H O Z I- LL! al U 0 O ( D E- W u j I— u W z U= O F' z CLOR -D -TECT 1000 CHLORINE /HALOGEN TEST KIT Sect; - -- Manufacturer Manutacturer's Name : Dexsil Corporation Address: One Hamden Park Drive Hamden CT 06517 Section II — identification of Hazardous ingredient The CLOR- D -TECT 1000 Chlorine/Halogen Test Kit consists of one test tube containing two ampules, one test tube containing two ampules and an aqueous soltuion, and another separate ampule. Component Contents Ampule 1 60 mg Sodium (gray- yellow dot) Ampule 2 (large, colorless) Ethyl Diglyme Sol'n Ampule 3 (yellow dot) Ampule 4 (red - green) Ampule 5 (colorless) Aqueous Sol'n Property Boiling Pt °C Vapor Pressure mm Hg @21°C NA Solubility in Water Specific Gray. Percent Volatile Evaporation Rate. Butyl Acetate = 1 Appearance Odor Flash Point MPIterial Safety Data Sheet To comply with OSI lm s Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR) , J.1200. 0.14 g Naphthalene in 1.3 mg Mercuric Nitrate in water 400 mg Ethanol 0.50 ml Organo Sulfur Cmpd 3% Sulfuric Acid (pH 1.1) Section III - -- Physical Characteristics A mpule 1 reacts 91% 0.86 0.91 none 100 NA gray none Ampule 2 185 Section IV -- -Fire and Explosion Hazard IL NF NF Emergency Telephone Number: USA (800) 424 -9300 INTL (202) 483 -7616 Telephone Number: (203) 288 -3509 FILE COPY ----� Date Prepared: 1- 1.6 -93 .. - 0.5 18 44 NF colorless ether -like >212 °F 162 ° F � NA 55 °F NA complete miscible 1.02 0.79 none 99 CAS # Hazard Class UN Number 7440-23-5 4.3 Dangerous 1428 When Wet 50 mg /m 91 -20.3 4.1 Flam Solid 1334 NF 112 -36 -7 3 Flam Liquid 1993 0.1 mg/m3 10045 -94 -0 6.1 Poison 1625 1900 mg /m 00064 -17 -5 3.2 Flam Liquid 1170 Proprietary 7664 -93 -9 8 Corrosive 1830 Ampule 3 Ampule 4 100 78 NA 2.7 colorless red -green none pleasant Ampule 1 Ampule 2 Ampule 3 Ampule 4 Ampule 5 Flammable Limit Unknown Extinguishing Media DO NOT USE WATER ON A SODIUM FIRE. Dry chemical, foam, CO2. Spr ..al Fire Fighting Procedures Do I.Jt use water. Wear SCBA. Avoid breathing sodium oxide fumes which will form on combustion. 14 Ampule 5 100 18 miscible 1.17 none NA colorless NA V`A Aqueous Sol'n >100 16 complete 1.03 none NA colorless one Ammo CITY OF TUKWILA po o4( PERMIT CENTER C Z ~ W ce 6 J U O 0 CO 0 CO W J H u_ W 2 < co H Z � 1— O W O F- W W H0 LL.. Z O — z CYI Me.t -1 s, I nc . Route 20, Calverton, VA 22016 - ( 356 -3072 = Fax (793) 7ee -4056 - Telex 292 , CHEM UR MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET Trade Name: Detergents Test Kit Z Catalog Nos: K -9400 and R -9400 , 1H F- W Description: Reagents for the determination of anionic detergents in water. o: 5 J U O 0 • N o WI ...1 1 ... *Detergents Double Tipped Ampoule (Total Volume - 3.0 aL per ampoule): co WO y. Ingredient % CAS Number 2 I- gQ Methylene Blue < 0.01 61 -73 -4 to d Sulfuric Acid < 0.5 7664 -93 -9 H u.1 Sodium Phosphate Monobasic < 2.0 10049 -21 -5 Z F- Deionized Water > 30.0 7732 -18 -5 Chloroform 66.7 67 -66 -3 I- IJJ O • W D 0 *Detergents CHEMets® (Total Volume - 0.24 nth per ampoule): : • - 0 F - Ingredient % CAS Number 2 0 ui LL. O N- Propanol 100.0 71 -23 -8 Z W 0 ~ Z *See attached Material Safety Data Sheet for this particular hazardous mixture. Date of Preparation: 07/02/91 (2309 -2) 3 Trade Mite: Detergents Test Kit D e t e r g e n t s Double Tipped Ampoule PHYSICAL DATA: Physical State: Liquid Appearance: Colorless Odor: Pleasant sweet ehtereal Solubility in Water: 0.82% @ 20 °C Boiling Point: 143 °F (62 °C) Melting Point: -82 °F ( -64 °C) Vapor Pressure: 160 mm Hg at 20 °C Volatility: 100% Specific Gravity: 1.4832 Vapor Density: 4.12 PHYSICAL HAZARD DATA: Flash Point: Auto - Ignition Temperature: Fire and Explosion Hazard: Fire Fighting: N/A N/A Page.2 of 7 Negligible fire hazard when exposed to heat or flame. Extinguishing Media: Dry chemical, water spray, or regular foam. Move containers from fire area, if possible. Cool containers exposed to flames with water. Avoid breathing vapors. Fight fire from maxi- mum distance. Reactivity: Stable under normal temperatures and pressures. Hazardous Decomposition Thermal decomposition may release toxic or Products: corrosive vapors. (2309 -2) Trade Name: Detergents Test Kit HEALTH HAZARD DATA: OSHA TWA ACGIH TWA 60 Minute Ceiling: Carcinogen Status: Route of Entry: Medical Conditions Aggravated by Exposure: First Aid: Inhalation: 2 ppm 10 ppm 2 ppm NIOSII Recommended Anticipated human carcinogen, Central nervous system depressant. Moderately toxic by inhalation and ingestion. Slightly toxic by dermal absorption. May cause moderate irritation of the upper respiratory tract. Central nervous system depression may be preceded by excitation and inebriation. . Skin Contact: May cause irritation with inflammation. Page 3 of 7 Eye Contact: Vapor or liquid splashed in the human eyes may cause stinging, irritaiton or burning pain. Ingestion: Inhalation: Skin Contact: Eye Contact: ' Ingestion: May cause burning of the mouth, throat, esoph- agus and stomach. May cause nausea, vomiting and diarrhea. Remove individual from exposure area to fresh air immediately. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Remove contaminated clothing immediately. Wash affected area with soap and large amounts of water until no evidence of chemi- cal remains (approximately 15 to 20 minutes). Immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water, occasionally lifting upper and lower lids, until no evidence of chemical remains (approximately 15 to 20 minutes). Start gastric lavage immediately. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Seek prompt medical attention. (2309 -2) Z Z � 00 co o LLI WI H gJ u_ Q cn I I— W Z = I- O Z 1— W U� O D ▪ H W W . I-U U'O •• Z W • N H I-- 0 Z 1 "Trade Name: Detergents Test Kit Page of 7 PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE: Eye Protection: Skin Protection: Ventilation Recommended: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES: Splash -proof goggles. Protective gloves. Provide adequate local exhaust ventilation to meed published exposure limits. Do not touch spilled material. Ventilate closed spaces before entering. Take up with sand, salt or soda ash, and place into small containers for disposal. Dispose of by means as to comply with all local, state and federal regulations or contact an approved and licensed disposal agency. (2309 -2) z W • . 6 J U O 0 J N LL w u_a ...u D o p... w Z = 1— 0 Z w • w 0 O N . D 1— . =V 0 , ill z O co O z 4 Trade °Nacre: Detergents Test Kit, Detergents CHEMe PHYSICAL DATA: Physical State: Liquid Appearance: Colorless Odor: • Ethanol -like Solubility in Water: Miscible Boiling Point: 97 °C Melting Point: -127 °C Vapor Pressure: 10 mm Hg at 15 °C ,Vapor Density: 2.07 Specific Gravity: 0.805 @ 20 °C PHYSICAL HAZARD DATA: Flash Point: 74 °F (closed cup) Upper Explosive Limit: 13.5% Lower Explosive Limit: 2.1% Auto•-Ignition Temperature: 775 °F Fire Fighting: .Page 5of7 Fire and Explosion Hazard: Dangerous fire hazard when exposed to heat or flame. Moderate explosion hazard when ex- posed to heat or flame. Extinguishing Media; Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray, or alcohol foam. Use any means suitable for extinguishing sur- rounding fire. Avoid breathing vapors. Keep upwind. Fight fire from maximum distance. Move containers from fire area, if possible. Cool containers exposed to flames with water. Sealed ampoules may explode when exposed to excessive heat. (2309 -2) Z ce UO co o W = H WO Q 2 Q LLQ co d F _ Z �.. . ▪ O Z F- W U � : O - O )- W • W I- d5 W Z UN p _ O ~ Z Trade ' Detergents Test.. Kit Reactivity: Hazardous Decomposition Products: HEALTH HAZARD DATA: OSHA & ACGIH Threshold Limit Value: Carcinogen Status: Route of Entry: Medical Conditions Aggravated by Exposure: First Aid: Inhalation: Skin Contact: Eye Contact: Ingestion: Inhalation: Ingestion: Skin Contact: Page 6 of 7 Stable under normal temperatures and pressures. Thermal decomposition products may include toxic oxides of carbon. 200 ppm None Central nervous system depressant. Moderately toxic by inhalation and ingestion. • Slightly toxic by dermal absorption. May cause moderate irritation of the upper respiratory tract with coughing and shortness of breath. May cause irritation and redness. Vapor or liquid splashed in the human eyes causes temporary corneal damage and conjunc- tival irritation. Causes gastrointestinal pain, nausea, and vomiting. Remove individual from exposure area to fresh air immediately. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial respiration. If breathing Is difficult, administer oxygen. Give the victim activated charcoal. If breathing has stopped, perform artificial res- piration. If breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. Maintain blood pressure. Seek prompt medical attention. Remove contaminated clothing immediately. Wash affected area with soap or mild deter- gent and large amounts of water until no evi- dence of chemical remains (approximately 15 to 20 minutes). In case of chemical burns, cover affected area with sterile dry dressing. (2309 -2) �1� Trade' Nallie: . Detergents Test Kit Page 7 of 7 Eye Contact: PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING AND USE: Eye Protection: Skin Protection: Ventilation Recommended: ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES: Immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water, occasionally lifting upper and lower lids, until no evidence of chemical remains (approximately 15 to 20 minutes). Safety Goggles Protective gloves. Provide adequate general or local exhaust ventilation. Shut off ignition sources. Do not touch spilled material. Take up with sand, salt or soda ash, and place into small containers for disposal. Dispose of by means . as to com- ply with all local, state and federal regulations or contact an approved and licensed disposal agency. The above information is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, we make no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, expressed or implied with respect to such information, and we assume no lia- . bility resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information for their particular purposes. Teresa A. Neale, Safety Officer CHEMetrics Inc., Route 28 Calverton, VA 22016 (800) 356 -3072 O.r (2309 -2) DESCRIPTION: D -FOAM #2 is a non- toxic, biodegradable defoarning agent that can be used to control foam in various applications. It has proven especially useful at controlling the foam produced in egg - washing operations. D -FOAM #2, in addition to depressing the foam, also increases the cleaning power of the solutions it's added to due to its surfactant nature. The use,of D -FOAM # 2 should be considered where ever a foam problem exists in a cleaning solution. PROPERTIES: Appearance: Clear, viscous liquid. Odor: None Specific Gravity: 8.5 lbs. per gallon USAGE DIRECTIONS: D -FOAM #2 should be used at the minimum amount necessary to control the foam in the system. A recommended starting level is .01% (1 gallon.in 10,000 gallons). This level can be adjusted up or down as dictated by experience. APPROVALS: D -FOAM #2 is authorized by the U.S.D.A. for use in federally inspected plants as a general cleaning agent and as a foam control compound in egg washing machines. (SF7 /98) QUALITY SERVICE D -FOAM #2 1 Information contained in this technical literature Is believed to be accurate and Is offered in good faith for the benefit of the consumer. The company, however, cannot assume any liability or risk involved in the use of its chemical products since the conditions of use are beyond our control. Statements concerning the possible use of our products are not intended as recommendations to use our products in the infringement of any patent. These products are for industrial use only. P R 0 D U C T D A T A Y r .A% 1 r' u.u.... = LZARDOUS COMPONENTS :ONTAINS NONHAZARDOUS :=GRADAST.E [REACTANT) SAFETY DATA SHEET aPAN7 NAME 1E'3P.' CO TNC. 1 4'=" NW 46 ST. SEATTLE, WA. 98107 < 21 TRGT.NCY PHONE NUMBER... (206)73375244, (800)324-4917; CHEMTREC (300)424-9300 Z FEMICAL FAMILY... ...... : NEUTRAL COMPOUND LLI FORMULA N/A u„ • uj SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS g HAZARDOUS t TL'! (Unit!! PROD. CAS t a SECTION III - PHYSICAL DATA uj XEZING POINT (7f) 22 r ILATILITY/VOL(%) N/D :LTING POINT N/D > 80 ...POR PRESSURE (mm Hg) N/D ,POR DENSITY (Air=1)., N/D ILUBILITY IN H2O rn•rLPTETY SOT-TP: Ill 7:I.T. 'pEARANCE/ODOR CLEAR COLORLESS VT2rOUS :TO= WTTH NO ODCP. • 'ECIPIC GRAVITY H20=.1.?. 1.01 'APORATION RATE I/0 5.5-7.0 • D-FOAH $2 SECTION I - IDENTIFICATION N/fl N/D SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPf,OSION HAZARD DATA SECTION V - HEALTH HAZARD DATA -1- ASH POINT NON. COMEUSTI3L IWER.FLAME LIMIT Nia :GHER FLAME LIMTT N'A ' :'.7INGUISH MEDIA Use extinauishing media approoriate to primary cause of fire. FIRE .void contact with fire fighting 1;:ersonnel. We.=r comolete p clothing rd self contains. apart !USUAL FIRE HAZARD "TONE , k0 . _ATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET D-FOAM #2 mliRc!SHOT.D LI•IT VALUE.... None o the components present in this material at concentratins of 0.1% o greater are listed by TARr, NT? or WTSHA/OSHA as carcinogens. < Z OVER EXPOSURE EFFECTS.... ACUTE HAZARDS: re Ex may cause skin and eye irritation. permanent eye damage with impairment of vision may occur. 00 Vapors and mists may irritate respiratory tract. w co tu Harmful if swallowed. co Lt. ' CHRONIC EFFECTS: . No relevant information found. 2 May irritate existing skin and respiratory disorders. g 5 u_ < w = 7TRSm.ATn PROCEDURES I a EYES: Immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for m Z 1.- at least 1 5 minutes If irritation r set immediate medical •ttenti.:In. , i- 0 Z I- SKTN: Tmmediately flush skin with plenty of water 11J Lu 2D fOr at least 1E minutes .while remcv contaminated DO 0 cloth Wash contaminated clothing before rp7,-ze, 052 INGESTION: Do not induce vomiting. Give two or three 0 1- W W a'assP-s 0 water or milk if available and trans7;ort to medical facility. Never aiye anvthina by mouth to an unconscious Person. -0 INHALATION: Remove fresh e to esh air if effects occur. W Z • 0 (1) Consult medical personnel. p l . , z SECTION VI - REACTIVITY DATA CHEMICAL STABTL STABLE CONDITIONS 'TO AVOID Excessive heat and contact with incompatible materials. INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS....Materials incompatible with water. r:ECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS NONE HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION Will not occur. POLYMERIZATION AVOID N/A SECTION 1 111 - SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE OR SPILL Ar.7tpropriate protective clothing must be worn by trained clean-up , Dersonnel. Dilute with large quantities of water and dispose in waste water tr facilities. Check with local authorities first. 01/29/1993 _n_ • ; , , '1 . .. .. • • YlveR111.1.110 +et • sere41.1.. Vs$q...r 01/29/ -rOCT N nmES MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHE D -FOAM #2 .P.STE CISPO ^AL METHOD .. Dispose of in approved chemical d_sposal area or in manner which comp? -es all local, state and - Federal ons. < • SECTION VIII - SPECIAL PROTECTION H Z RrSPTRATORr PROTECTION. . Not recp.iire'.J.. 6m V N -T m ? - n * h o W U - •_+ -- TI Local e: r '.1.^:`. SLl''_ r". nt ti. maintain TLV below J 00 permissible exposure limits. v)o }� n � r r• ' 110 C I V . GLOVES Fubbe r gloves. WI E r O .�Cr' _'ON Cheml: ;al safety gogr.l es. C',ntact lenses shoulri n h u', worn working i'i_th anv chemicals. •W O OTHER ?ROTECTIVE Coveralls, protective footwear. F• aNDT' Ai1J ='"(RAGE Store away fro i incompatible ma t e ri a ? s . LL Q. Keep containers tightly closed: = d Z H - - - - -- i--0 SECTION IX - SPECIAL ?RECAUTIONS Lu a HAZARD Z CLA SS N y m nm Rr Gur � rr p,- -- _ C Drm rrl• F 7Fn OR m 3 .] L :'e ^"—, _r (afl .T!n tillli .1 f'. N/A u' Q. PACKAGTNG . Lll U O H , -3- :S'.tY'iwi,,;tl4frb ii..eti•d . w. • "_°'=RENCES The info =mation conta -a herein has been -.` -- Lrom believed to be r•zl ± aj,l e and t-.:t t-.: the befit o= ':u k r .r• w L dae at t11 .r• it is provided without v w.a--"an , .x.presse' or - m71. _ _d r •o . _1,e +_?�ll� o= : f this informatio or the prnr?. product to ;•;h i t rates. WESJ °IAA CO. INC. as._ bites no responsibility fox: injury to any :son or prope;t,' _esu1 till'= fr' :m r any use of the material if reasonable safety procedures ar not adhered to. Each user assumes the risk in their use of this product and Chould rey w t e data and recommendations in the specific conte :tt of their intended use . Z Z CHEMetrics Inc. Route 28, Cafverton, VA 22016 (800) 356-3072 788- 0 4856 8 Teem 292-861 CRER UR I. TRADE NAMES: DISSOLVED OXYGEN CHEMets and Vacu- vialse CATALOG NOS.: K -7510, R -7503, R -7512 and R -7512U DESCRIPTION: Reagent ampoules for the determination of dissolved oxygen in water. Each CHEMet' contains approximately 0.50 nil of liquid reagent sealed under vacuum. Each Vacu - vial'" contains approximately 2 mL of liquid reagent sealed under vacuum. NFPA RATINGS: HEALTH: 1 FLAMMABILITY: 0 REACTIVI- TY: O II. COMPONENTS COMPONENT: CAS NO.: COMPONENT: CAS NO.: COMPONENT: CAS NO.: COMPONENT: CAS NO.: COMPONENT: CAS NO.: COMPONENT: CAS NO.: Indigo Carmine 860 -22 -0 PERCENT: < 0.1 Ethylene Diamine Tetraacetate 139 -33 -3 PERCENT: < 0.1 Hydrochloric Acid 7646 -01-0 PERCENT: < 0.1 Potassium Hydrogen Phthalate 877 -24-7 PERCENT: 1.0 Diethylene Glycol 111 -46 -6 PERCENT: Deionized Water 7732 -18 -5 PERCENT: 111. PHYSICAL DATA STATE: Liquid APPEARANCE: Yellow ODOR: None SOLUBILITY IN WATER Complete pH:. 4 BOILING POINT: 110 C MELTING POINT: -1 C VAPOR PRESSURE: N/A SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 1.01 VAPOR DENSITY: N/A IV. FIRE AND EXPLOSION DATA FLASH POINT: N/A AUTOIGNITION POINT: N/A FLAMMABILITY LIMITS: UPPER: N/A LOWER: NIA EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: Dry chemical, carbon dioxide, water spray or foam V. REACTIVITY DATA HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: None VI. HEALTH HAZARD DATA MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET 5.0 <95.0 OSHA & ACGIH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE: None established ACUTE TOXICITY: Irritation CHRONIC TOXICITY: Irritation and sensitization dermatitis CARCINOGEN STATUS: None MEDICAL CONDITIONS AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: May cause irritation to eyes, skin and mucous membranes. � tap T: 703 788 -9026 As. .ance: 800 424 -9300 Creation Date: 11/03/88 (1071 -4) Revision Date: 03/01/93 cx) 47E4 uLt.Ci6 VII. FIRST AID EYE AND SKIN CONTACT: Immediately flush eyes and skin with water for 15 minutes. INGESTION: Seek medical attention. INHALATION: Remove individual to fresh air. VIII. PRECAUTIONS If this product is used as directed, the user will not come in contact with or be exposed to any of its chemical components. Wash thoroughly after handling. Avoid contact with eyes. FRAGILE: Liquid in glass. Handle with care. PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: Safety glasses IX. SPILL AND DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Take up with absorbent material. Place in small containers for disposal. Dispose of in accordance with all Federal, State and Local Regulations. X. STORAGE CONDITIONS Product should be stored in the dark and at room temperature; however, temperatures up to 120 F or even below freezing will not normally affect reagent performance. THE ABOVE INFORMATION IS BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND REPRESENTS THE BEST INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO US. ALL PRODUCTS ARE OFFERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT PRODUCTION SPECIFICA- TIONS AND ARE INTENDED SOLELY FOR USE IN ANALYTICAL TESTING. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE HANDLING, USE OR MISUSE OF THESE PRODUCTS. CfEKetsa and Vacu - vials' are registered trademarks of Cffetrics, Inc. i Z W ot 6 JU 0 0 oo C W Z J I— u. LUO co 7 :D Q _ ° = Z F I— O W ~ W 0D C1-- W OC W h— r -- O Lid 2E U N N H 0 Z BECKMAN BUFFER VALUE: PART NUMBER(S): SECTION I - GENERAL Chemical Name & Synonym Trade Name & Synonyms Chemical Family Formula SECTION III - PHYSICAL DATA Boiling Point (Deg. C) Vapor Pressure (mmHg) Vapor Density (Air 1) Specific Gravity (Hz0 = 1) % Volatile by Volume Evaporation Rate (H20 = 1) Solubility in Water Appearance & Odor Other SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD Flammable Limns ( %) — LEL — UEL Flash Point (Method Used) Extinguishing Media Special Fire-Fighting Procedures Unusual Fire & Explosion Hazards SECTION V - HEALTH HAZARD DATA Threshold Umit Value Effects Of Overexposure Emergency & First Aid Procedures SECTION VI - REACTIVITY DATA Stability Incompatibility (Materials To Avoid) Hazardous Decomposition Products Hazardous Polymerization Respiratory Protection Ventilation Protective Gloves Eye Protection Other Protective Equipment SECTION IX - SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS Storage and Handling Other Administrative Reference Date, Last Revision MANUFACTURER: TELEPHONE ADDRESS: PRODUCT: MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC. (714) 773 -8061 2500 HARBOR BLVD., BOX 3100, FULLERTON, CA 92634 -3100 LIQUID BUFFER, COLORED OR CLEAR pH 4.00 pH 7.00 3506 139347 566001 582511 582517 582822 534033 Phthalate Butler pH 4 Buffer Solution Aqueous Salt Solutuon See below SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS Not Considered Hazardous Potassium Hydrogen Phthalate (CAS 877 -24 -7) <1% Thimerosal (CAS 54-64-8) 0.02% Red Food Coloring Trace (3506. 139347 & 582511 are Colorless) 100 24mm @ 20•C 0.6 1 99% 1 Aqueous Solution Red or Colorless Solution No Odor None NA NA NA Not Flammable NA NA NA Not Determined May be slight eye or skin Irritant. Wash affected areas thoroughly with water. Contains small amounts of Mercury salts, consult physician ff Ingested. Stable None Traces of Mercury Compounds Will Not Occur SECTION VII - SPILL OR LEAK PROCEDURE Steps To Be Taken Absorb And Discard In Case of Leak Or Spill Waste Disposal Method Uquid buffer may be a hazardous waste and should be managed in accordance with appropriate federal, state and local regulations. SECTION VIII - SPECIAL PROTECTION INFORMATION None Required No Special Requirement Not Required Safety Glasses Suggested None No Special Precautions None 009 -SID 4115/87 3501 139348 566000 566002 566003 582512 582521 582823 534034 Phosphate Buffer pH 7 Buffer Solution Aqueous Salt Solution See below Not Considered Hazardous Potassium Dihydrogen Phosphate (CAS 7778.77.0) <5% Disodium Hydrogen Phosphate (CAS 7558-79-4) <5% Thimerosal (CAS §4.64.8) 0.02% Green Food Coloring Trace (3501, 139348 & 582812 are Colorless) 100 24mm @ 20'C 0.6 1 95 + 1 Aqueous Solution Green or Colorless Solution No Odor None NA NA NA Not Flammable NA NA NA Not Determined May be slight eye or skin irritant. Wash affected areas thoroughly with water. Contains small amounts of Mercury salts, consult physician if Ingested. Stable None Traces of Mercury Compounds Will Not Occur Absorb And Discard Liquid buffer may be a hazardous waste and should be managed in accordance with appropriate federal, state and local regulations. • None Required No Special Requirement Not Required Safety Glasses Suggested None No Special Precautions None 007-SID 4/15/87 © 1987 Beckman Instruments, Inc. BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC. • SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS DIVISION • FULLERTON, CA 92634-3100 July 1987 011 - 247275 Printed in U.S.A. q t aF ecef/- pH 10.01 3505 188098 566005 582513 582525 582824 534035 Carbonate Butler pH 10 Buffer Solution Aqueous San Solution See below Not Considered Hazardous Sodium Carbonate (CAS 497 -19-8) <5% Sodium Bicarbonate (CAS 144.55.8) <5% Thimerosal (CAS 54 -64-8) 0.02% Blue Food Coloring Trace (3505, 188098 & 582513 are Colorless) 100 24mm @ 20'C 0.6 1 95 +% 1 Aqueous Solution Blue or Colorless Solution No Odor None NA NA • NA Not Flammable NA NA NA Stable None Absorb And Discard None Required No Special Requirement Not Required Safety Glasses Suggested None No Special Precautions None 008- SID -6823 4/15/87 011 - 24727548 Not Determined May be slight eye or skin Irritant Wash affected areas thoroughly with water. Contains small amounts of Mercury salts, consult physician if Ingested. Traces of Mercury Compounds Will Not Occur Liquid buffer may be a hazardous waste and should be managed in accordance with appropriate federal, state and local regulations. NOTICE: While Beckman Instruments, Inc. believes the information contained herein Is accurate and valid, Beckman makes no warranty or representation as to its validity, accuracy, or currency. Beckman shall not be liable or otherwise responsible In any way for use of either this information, or the material to which it applies. Disposal of hazardous material may be subject to federal, state, or local laws or regulations. MSDS VERSION 4.1, CPAD ........v...n. nM {' ^',.r 'IV A .. ye.. Z LU Q � Q 1 -J O 00 CO ILI J = H WO c Z o I- W Z 1- 0 Z I- 2 O � 0 O 1- III • W I-- I-- - 0 1.1/ O F- Z MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SH'`T MAY BE USED TO COMPLY W1 iH . OSHA'S HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD, 29 CFR 1910.12(0. STANDARD MUST BE C SUITED FOR SPEC IFIC REQUIREMENTS. FORM V 1 PM IDENTITY (AS USED ON LABEL AND LIST) LIQUI -NOX 21837 -005, 21837 -027, 21837 -O60 SECTION I MANUFACTURER'S NAME: ALCONCX, INC. ADDRESS: 215 PARK AVENUE SOUTH NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10003 SECTION II - HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS /IDENTITY INFORMATION T'' ARE NO INGREDIENTS IN LIQUI -NOX WHICH APPEARED ON THE CSHA STANDARD. 2. CFR 1910 SUBPART Z. ALL OF THE INGREDIENTS IN LIQUI -NOX ARE CONSIDERED TO B! PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND WE SHALL EXERCISE THE RIGHT TO CONFIDENTIALITY AFFORDED US UNCER THE FEDERAL LAW. SECTION I.II - PHYSICAL /CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS BOILING POINT: 214 F SPECIFIC GRAVITY (H2O =1): 1.075 VAPOR PRESSURE (MMHG): NO DATA MELTING POINT: N.A. VAPOR DENSITY (AIR =1): NO DATA EVAPORATION RATE: SLOWER (BUTYL ACETATE =I) SOLUBILITY IN WATER: COMPLETELY SOLUBLE IN ALL PROPORTIONS APPEARANCE ANC OCOR: YELLOW LIQUID - PRACTICALLY ODORLESS SECTION IV - FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD DATA FLASH POINT (METHOD USED): NONE FLAMMABLE LIMITS: (CLEVELAND OPEN CUP) EXTINGLI SHING MEDIA: WATER, DRY CHEMICAL, FOAM, CO2, SAND /EARTH S CIAL FIRE FIGHTING PROCEDURES: FOR FIRES .IN1,OLVING THIS MATERIAL 013 NOT ENTER WITHOUT PROTECTIVE EQUIP vFN'T ANC SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS. UNUSUAL FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARDS: NONE U.S. OFT `.TMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (NON - MANDATORY FORM) FORM APPROVED OMB NO. 1218-0072 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER: (212)- 473 -1300 TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR INFORMATION: (212)-473-1300 DATE PREPARED: MARCH 1, 1992 1, 3 04 LEL: N.A. UEL: N.A. Z 1 ~ z 0 00 N CO al J u. W 0 Q � LL Q I �.. W Z = H 1- 0 w ~ • W U � O - ci W W H • U u' O .. Z 0 H' Z 'SECTION V - REACTIVITY Th S PILITY: STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: NONE INCC <MPATIBILITY (MATERIALS TO AVOID): NONE HAZARDCUS DECCVPCSITION OR BYPRODUCTS: SO2 MAY BE RELEASED ON BURNING HAZAROCUS POLYMERIZATION WILL NOT OCCUR CONDITIONS TC AVOID: NONE SECTION VI - HEALTH HAZARD DATA ROUTES OF ENTRY: INHALATION -NO SKIN -YES INGESTION -YES HEALTH HAZARDS (ACUTE AND CHRONIC) : SKIN CONTACT MAY PROVE LOCALLY IRRITATING. INGESTION MAY CAUSE DISCOMFORT ANC /CR DIARRHEA. CARCINOGENICITY: NIP: NO IARC MONOGRAPHS: NO OSHA REGULATED: NO SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: PROLONGED SKIN CONTACT MAY CAUSE CRYING AND /OR CHAPPING. MECICAL CONDITIONS GENERALLY AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NONE EMERGENCY AND FIRST AID PROCEDURES: EYES -FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR 15 MINUTES SKIN -FLUSH 'WITH "ATER INGESTION -DRINK LARGE QUANTITIES OF WATER, GET MEDICAL ATTENTION FCR ISCCiMFORT SECTION VII - PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFE HANDLING ANO USE STEPS TO BE TAKEN IN CASE MATERIAL IS RELEASED OR SPILLED: MATERIAL FOAMS PROFUSELY. RECOVER AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE WITH ABSORBENT MATERIAL AND RINSE_ REMAINDER TO SEWER. MATERIAL .IS COMPLETELY BIODEGRADABLE WASTE DISPOSAL METHOD: SMALL QUANTITIES PAY BE DISPOSED CF IN SEWER. LARGE QUANTITIES SHOULD BE SOAKED LP 'WITH ABSORBENT MATERIAL AND DISPOSED OF ACCORDING TO LOCAL ORDINANCES. PRECAUTIONS TC BE TAKEN IN HANDLING AND STORING: PONE REQUIRED - VTSCOSITY OF MATERIAL INCREASES AT VERY LOW TEMPERATURES. OTHER PRECAUTIONS: NO SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS OTHER THAN THE INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE AND SAFETY PRACTICES EMPLOYED WITH ANY INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL. SECTION VIII - CONTROL MEASURES RESPIRATORY PROTECTION (SPECIFY TYPE): aka; eoP- a .CCV=Mr.=J,r+6M== ' VENTILATION: LOCAL EXH - '`ST: NORMAL MECHANICAL (GENERAL) N.A. PRCTECTIVE GLOVES: RECOMMENDED OTHER PROTECTIVE CLOTHING OR EQUIPMENT: CT REQUIRED WORK /HYGIENIC PRACTICES: NL SPECIAL PRACTICES REQUIRED "ISSUEC BY VWR 01/28/95" SPf '7AL: N.A. OTHER: - N. A. EYE PROTECTION: RECOMMENDED CANADA, M8Z 1K5 (CHEMTREC) 24- HOUR...1- 800 - 424 -9300( PRODUCT NAME: NITRIC ACID 6.ON, 50% V /V, 3.10N, 7.80N, 2.85N, 20% V /V, 10% W/1 (1 +3) CATALOGUE NUMBER(S): VW3334, VW3335, VW3440, BDH0033, VW3607, VW3904, BDH0093, SAM037 CHEMICAL NAME /OTHER •NAME: NITRIC ACID 6.ON, 50% V /V, 3.1ON, 7.80N, 2.85, . 1 0 % W /V, 20% V /V, (1 +3) CHEMICAL FORMULA: HNO3, H2O .` ' ' -ki �l) 1 a CLA ': CHEMICAL FAMILY: ACID CHEMICAL NAME NITRIC ACID 7697 -37 -2 WATER 7732 -18 -5 .** * * * * * * * * * *4 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** EMERGENCY OVERVIEW ** * * * * * * * * * * * * *- .* * * * * * * * * * ** CAUSES SEVERE BURNS ' OXIDIZING MATERIAL * TOXIC # * * ** * # * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *** ** *************** * * * * ** * ** * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * ** POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS (ACUTE E CHRONIC) SYMPTOMS OF EXPOSURE: CAUSES SEVERE BURNS ON CONTACT WITH ANY BODY TISSUE. ' VAPOR IS IRRITATING TO THE EYES AND TISSUES OF THE RESPIRATORY TRACT. MEDICAL CONDITION AGGRAVATED BY EXPOSURE: NONE IDENTIFIED ROUTES OF ENTRY: INHALATION, INGESTION CARCINOGENICITY: THIS MATERIAL IS NOT LISTED (IARC, NTP, OSHA) AS A CANCER CAUSING AGENT. MANUFACTURER:( BDH INC. 350 EVANS AVENUE TORONTO, ONTARIO BDH INC.( • M A T E R ' A L S A F E T Y D A T J% S H E E T ( SECTION I CHEMICAL PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION( SECTION II COMPOSITION /INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS CAS NO. OSHA PEL APPEARANCE: CLEAR, COLORLESS LIQUID EYE: IN CASE OF EYE CONTACT, FLUSH WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 1` MINUTES WHILE HOLDING THE EYELIDS OPEN. HAVE EYES EXAMINED BY MEDICAL PERSONNEL. SKIN: IN CASE OF SKIN CONTACT, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH SKIN WITH PLENTY OF WATER FOR AT LEAST 15 MINUTES WHILE REMOVING CONTAMINATED CLOTHING (REFER TO LAST PAGE FOR DISCLAIMER) INFORMATION PHONE NO.: 416- 255 -8521( HOURS: MON. TO FRI. (0830 .- 1630) (' CHEMTREC TRANSPORTATION EMERGENCY CENTER( SECTION III HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION SECTION IV FIRST AID MEASURES 2 PPM ACGIH TLV 2 PPM 10 -65 VW3334 PAGE: 1 INGESTION: IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. GIVE VICTIM A GLASS OF WATER OR MILK. CALL A PHYSICIAN IMMEDIATELY.NEVER.GIVE ANYTHING BY MOUTF TO AN UNCONSCIOUS PERSON. INHALATION: IF INHALED, REMOVE TO FRESH AIR. IF NOT BREATHING, TRAINED PERSONNEL SHOULD BEGIN ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION. SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION. SECTION V FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES FLAMMABILITY CLASSIFICATION: NONCOMBUSTIBLE EXTINGUISHING MEDIA: USE AN EXTINGUISHER APPROPRIATE TO THE SURROUNDING MATERIAL THAT IS BURNING. FLASH POINT(F) /METHOD: NOT APPLICABLE • FIRE E EXPLOSION HAZARD: THERMAL DECOMPOSITION PRODUCES TOXIC FUMES. UPPER FLAMMABLE LIMIT ( %): NOT APPLICABLE LOWER FLAMMABLE LIMIT ( %) : NOT APPLICABLE AUTOIGNITION TEMPERATURE: NOT APPLICABLE • FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES: FIREFIGHTERS SHOULD WEAR A SELF CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS. HAZARDOUS COMBUSTION PRODUCTS: NOX, HNO3 SENSITIVITY TO STATIC DISCHARGE: NO 4;;..4 SENSITIVITY TO MECHANICAL IMPACT: NO AND SHOES. -Th SECTION VI ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES LEAK CR SPILL CLEANUP: EVACUATE THE AREA OF ALL UNNECESSARY PERSONNEL. WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT LISTED I N EXPOSURE CONTROLS /PERSONAL PROTECTION. CONTAIN THE RELEASE C ELIMINATE IT'S SOURCE, IF THIS CAN BE DONE WITHOUT RISK. TAKE UP AND CONTAINERIZE FOR PROPER DISPOSAL AS DESCRIBED UNDER DISPOSAL. COMPLY WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS ON REPORTING RELEASES. REFEF TO REGULATORY INFORMATION FOR REPORTABLE QUANTITY AND OTHER REGULATORY DATA. SECTION VII HANDLING C STORAGE HANCLING E STORAGE: STORE IN A COOL, DRY, WELL - VENTILATED AREA. SEPARATE FROM ALKALIES, METALS, ORGANICS AND OTHER OXIDIZING MATERIALS. SECTION VIII EXPOSURE CONTROLS /PERSONAL PROTECTION ENGINEERING CONTROLS: ENGINEERING AND /OR ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS SHOULD BE ' IMPLEMENTED TO REDUCE EXPOSURE. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT GLOVES: NEOPRENE OR EQUIVALENT RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: FUME HOOD OR NIOSH /MSHA RESPIRATORS AS APPROPRIATE EYE PROTECTION: SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS CLOTHING:IMPERVIOUS PROTECTIVE CLOTHING SHOULD BE WORN TO PREVENT SKIN CONTACT PHYSICAL STATE: LIQUID APPEARANCE: CLEAR, COLORLESS LIQUID (REFER TO LAST PAGE FOR DISCLAIMER) SECTION IX PHYSICAL S CHEMICAL PROPERTIES VW3334 PAGE: 2 Z W re 00 J H W O LLQ I ▪ W Z = I- Z I- W Lu U � O - O H W W O Z W U = O � Z . ODOR: ODORLESS ' ODOR THRESHOLD: NOT APP. CABLE VAPOR PRESSURE: NOT AVAILABLE VAPOR DENSITY: NOT AVAILABLE SPECIFIC GRAVITY: NCT AVAILABLE BOILING POINT (F): NOT AVAILABLE MELTING POINT (F): NOT AVAILABLE EVAPORATION RATE: NOT AVAILABLE PH: NOT AVAILABLE SOLUBILITY I N WATER: SOLUBLE OCTANOL /WATER PARTITION COEFFICIENT: NOT AVAILABLE PER CENT VOLATILE BY VOL (%) : 100 MOLECULAR WEIGHT: 63 (NITRIC ACID) SECTION X STABILITY C REACTIVITY CHEMICAL STABILITY: NORMALLY STABLE CONDITIONS TO AVOID: CONTACT WITH COMBUSTIBLE MATTER MATERIALS TO AVOID: BASES, CYANIDES, METAL POWDERS, SULFIDES,ORGANIC SOLVENTS, CARBIDES, ALKALIES HAZARDOUS POLYMERIZATION: DOES NOT OCCUR HAZARDOUS DECOMPOSITION PRODUCTS: NOX, HNO3 DOT SHIPPING NAME: NITRIC ACID DCT NUMBER (UN): 2031 PACKING GROUP: II HAZARD CLASS: 8 SECTION XI TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION EFFECTS OF ACUTE EXPOSURE: THIS MATERIAL CAUSES SEVERE BURNS AND DESTROYS TISSUE ON CONTACT. IT MAY CAUSE SEVERE EYE DAMAGE RESULTING IN BLINDNESS. INGESTION MAY PRODUCE VIOLENT PAIN IN THE THROAT, COLLAPSE AND POSSIBLE DEATH. EFFECTS OF CHRONIC EXPOSURE: NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE .050: NOT AVAILABLE LC50: NOT AVAILABLE IRRITANCY (DRAIZE TEST RESULTS): NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE CARCINOGENICITY: THIS MATERIAL IS NOT LISTED (IARC, NTP, OSHA) AS A CANCER CAUSING AGENT. TERATOGENICITY: NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE MUTAGENICITY: NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS: MAY PRODUCE ADVERSE REPRODUCTIVE EFFECTS (NITRIC ACID) SENSITIZATION TO PRODUCT: NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE TARGET ORGANS: NONE IDENTIFIED SECTION XII DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS EPA WASTE NUMBER(S): D002 TREATMENT: NEUTRALIZE TO PH 6 -9. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL PERMITTED WASTE DISPOSAL SITE (TSD) FOR PERMISSIBLE TREATMENT SITES. ALWAYS CONTACT A PERMITTED WASTE DIPOSER (TSD) TO ASSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALL CURRENT LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS SECTION XIII TRANSPORT INFORMATION Z 1 Z QQ � J O 0 co o J Q w w 0 LL? co d = w Z F- Z1- Ill • w 0 • - O E- w H � ti. O w Z F= _ O Z 5 ea kits 20 ea kits 1 gal 20 ea kits 3 qt 1 gal 1 /2 gaI Office/Workroom Remodel Project King County Transit -South Facilities January 2, 2002 ---iMSDS Information FILE onpy The project goal is to modify the existing office space to support the current operation. The project will make changes in office layout by removing and replacing drywall partitions. Conference Room #115 will be reconfigured to a workroom for the environmental group which is currently located in the adjacent office, #117. The workroom will contain sensitive and expensive testing equipment, test kits, rain gear, vacuums, and personal safety equipment. The group responds to environmental situations within Transit and needs a secure space that has direct access to the outside. The sink is for cleaning up equipment and personal gear. The room will not use or store flammable /volatile material. The space will have small environmental samples for analysis. The process, by its urgency, is quick and materials analyzed and then disposed. Chemicals contained in Workroom #115: Clor -D -Tect 1000 Detergent Test Kits D -Foam #2 Dissolved Oxygen CHEMets Liquid Buffer Liqui -Nox Nitric Acid Chlorine /Halogen Test Kits Determine Detergents in Water Biodegradable Defoaming Agent Oxygen Test Kits Salt Solution Soap Nitric Acid CIT O TU I E WILA PERMIT CENTER be zaie) w Project Info Project Address KC Metro South Base Facility Date 01/16/02 Allowed by Area 11911 East Marginal Way South For Building Department Use rr �^+ - - - -00 P7 �f 0.2 W /ft2 Tukwila, WA 98168 0 Applicant Name: Path Engineers, LLC -- _.�_ Applicant Address: 17928 Bothell- Everett Hwy SE Suite H, Bothell, WA Applicant Phone: (425) 481 -7735 0.2 W /ft2 Project Description ❑ New Building ❑ Addition J Alteration ❑ Plans Included 0.2 W /ft2 0 Compliance Option ❑ Prescriptive ✓ Lighting Power Allowance ❑ Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist, Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) 0.25 W /ft2 0 Bldg.(by perim) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting 4 Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is not being increased Location (floor /room no) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per S.F. ** Area in S.F. Allowed by Area Covered Parking (standard paint) N/A 0.2 W /ft2 0 **From Table 15 -1 - including all exceptions taken from footnotes. Total Allowed Watts 0 Location (fir, room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Covered Parking (standard paint) N/A 0.2 W /ft2 0 Total Proposed Wat s may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior. Total Proposed Watts 0 Location Description Allowed watts per ft2 or per If Area in ft2 or If for perimeter Allowed watts Area Covered Parking (standard paint) 0.2 W /ft2 0 Covered Parking (reflective paint) 0.2 W /ft2 0 Open Parking 0.2 W /ft2 0 Outdoor Areas 0.2 W /ft2 0 Bldg.(by facade) 0.25 W /ft2 0 Bldg.(by perim) 0 7.5 W /If 0 Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts 0 Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 0 0 0 0 0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior. Total Proposed Watts 0 2001 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2001 Washi,'n State Nonresidential Energy Code Compi ;e Form Lighting Summary LTG -SUM Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) Prescriptive Spaces foccupancy ❑ Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers ❑ Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is "other" and fixture answer Is checked, the number of fixtures In the space Is not limited by Code. Clearly Indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations Lighting Fixtures: ❑ Check here if at least 95% of the fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T-6, T -8 3. Lamps are 5 -50 Watts, and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts 5. Exit lights < 5 watts/facture 6. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify rttokNGb err' • ry NOTE: This form is intended for energy code compliance purposes only. The contractors is still responsible for establishing the exact number of each type of fixture on this project. This form shall not be utilized for such purposes. a ('May not exceed Total Watts for Interior) ('May not exceed Total Watts for Exterior) June 2001 - KJM :;a MIT CENTER Project Info Project Address KC IslC r f o g) 8 we. . Date i / 8 /� l 1/ 911 £ s/ I" Q r I,I Q/ waif Jou j4 For Building Dept. Use Tvkwr /4, w,4 9 8 Applicant Name: 60 C.fi . g, „ • r! 1.1...0 Applicant — -• l7 928 �o he//. Everen 1-141 Str Applicant Phone:C4204 91-7735 Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? DEER IPLV Location or EER PAe -A Van e WD- old J8 400 3 SO Iool3Sa 9.70 3,00 RM. MO Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM spi HP /BHP Flow Control Location of Service Co P Efficiency PAc -/ Treme wca - oig % sop 3 So 1ov/3 Sa — - - 3,00 Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Co P Efficiency PAc -/ Treme wca - oig % sop 3 So 1ov/3 Sa — - - 3,00 • itr CITY OF TUKWILA Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2001 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description A/fey^ / y In /erior o gfiG eices, no a/c/chi/ -to lou Briefly describe mechanical systenS�fUellee. 1414cr n ane Oi- /1 4cc true served t CC�JTT�.�[ N IA type and features. Q Includes Plans sc s /e.', by 444647 ceka'ed roofJo o he'l puey. i✓e fo rloro odor. c ng rodv s wed / �,141J -s Qce. ,� l ectattiM lrl Gric WTFtTmks dr re lrGgitsfe *nT b� 4 FILE COPY 1 H - 7 — c. Building Division June 2001. KJM Compliance Option • Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14 -1, 14 -2 or 14 -3. 3 If required. ° COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA t L. PERMIT CENTER o Z»c4I z ~ Z W C.)° r A'C • w W 0 2 u Q = d l - W z = Zo W U in F- LU uj V w z U = o z Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH -CHK 2001 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms June 2001 - KJM Pect Address K ro C �Souith Fccili /y 11 Eas)' Morrnal Wae��TukL.sla Date 4 1 /1BJa2 The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) l Code Section Component Information Requires I Location on Plans I Building Department Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) • . - . 1411 Equipment performance - Y es 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& clg. List heat pumps on schedule M/ , a y es !! 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency M1 0 1412 HVAC controls ' .• yes 1412.1 j Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans M2 i Yes 1412.2 Oeadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum eC I Sajsb 1141 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat Yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types 1 5 so Y es 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and automatic controls /54 S6 no 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls Y cs 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule 15956 n4 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control Y es 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans M/ 6 Y es 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans I5956. Y es 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule .. . 1413 Air economizers Y es 1413.1 Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule Mis 0 Y es 1413.2 Control Indicate controls able to evaluate outside air 159 So Yes 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling /59 56 1414 Ducting systems • Y es 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary I ce00 Y es 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct I SAOo Yes 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on piping 1 54ao 1416 Completion Requirements Y es 1416.1&2 Drawings & Manuals Indicate requirement for record drawings and operation docs. 1,5000 Y es 1416.3.2 Air Balancing Indicate air system balance requirements • /S4960 na 1416.3.3 Hydronic Balancing Indicate hydronic system balance requirements _.., n 1416.4 Commissioning Indicate requirements for commissioning and prelim. Report ,.. 44 1424 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Y es Mech. Sum. Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer 440c4, SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 1440 -1454) — 1440 Service water htg. 44 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R -10 insulation under tank - h4 1442 Shut -off controls Indicate automatic shut -off — r)4 1443 Pipe Insulation,., Indicate R -value of insulation on piping h a 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control — //a 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover hQ 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover ._ CITY OF TUKWILA µ `\ no is circled for any question, provide explanation: Building Division �... ,✓i %y4E y�h.�11Y, Location: Latitude: Longitude: Time Zone: Elevation: Barometric Pressure: Air Density: Air Specific Heat: Density-Specific Heat Product: Latent Heat Factor: Enthalpy Factor: TRACE® Load 700 version 3.0 By Path Engineers, LLC. Protect Name: KC Metro South Facilities Remodel Dataset Name: XACDSIOAD321PROJECTS1013005KCMetroSouth10-17-011DS Location: Seattle Building Owner: King County Program User: Joe Cook Company: Path Engineers, LLC Comments: R-30 roof insulation, R-19 wall insulation, 2 people. Seattle, Washington 47.0 deg 122.0 deg 8 386 ft 29.5 in. Hp 0.0749 lb/cu ft 0.2444 Btu/lb.°F 1.0988 Btu/h.cfm.°F 4,836.9 Btu•min/h.cu ft 4.4953 lb.min/hr.cu ft Prolect Name: KC Metro South Facilities Remodel Dataset Name: XACDS\LOAD321PROJECTS1013005KCMetroSouth10-17-01.LDS 1.1.11.4 Design Simulation Period: January through December Cooling Load Methodology: TETD-TA1 Heating Load Methodology: UATD understand that the Plan Check approvals are f,7 Summer Design Dry Bulb: Summer Design Wet Bulb: Winter Design Dry Bulb: Summer Clearness Number: 0.95 Winter Clearness Number: 0.95 Summer Ground Reflectance: 0.20 Winter Ground Reflectance: 0.20 • 83 °F 66 °F 25 °F PIECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILt, F EL3 — 7 2562 PERMIT CENTER 17o2.-0L TRACE® Load 700 v3.0 calculated at 03:54 PM on 10/16/2001 z ce W 2 -.1 C.) C.) 0 w CI ,Cfl WI I- CJ) u_ w 0 1-- 0 Z F- LU w z 0 rz w 0 L I 0 c S2 0 /— z System - 001 Envelope Loads Skylite Solr Skylite Cond Roof Cond Glass Solar Glass Cond Wall Cond Partition Exposed Floor Infiltration Sub Total = => Internal Loads Lights People Misc Sub Total = => Ceiling Load Outside Air Sup. Fan Heat Ret. Fan Heat Duct Heat Pkup OV /UNDR Sizing Exhaust Heat Terminal Bypass Peaked at Time: Outside Air: COOLING COIL PEAK Mo /Hr: 8 / 10 OADB/WB /HR: 72 / 62 / 70 Space Sens. + Lat. Btulh 0 0 31 3,967 -63 639 0 0 81 4,655 1,115 1,000 5,120 7,235 0 0 0 Grand Total =_> 11,890 Ret. Air Sensible Btulh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ret. Air Latent Btulh Net Total Btu /h 0 0 31 3,967 -63 639 0 0 81 4,655 0 1,115 1,000 0 0 5,120 0 0 7,235 0 0 0 0 616 83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Percent Of Total ( %) 0.00 0.00 0.24 31.51 -0.50 5.08 0.00 0.00 0.64 36.98 8.86 7.94 40.67 57.47 0.00 4.89 0.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 12,589 100.00 CLG SPACE PEAK Mo /Hr: 7/9 OADB: 70 Space Sensible Btulh 0 0.00 0 0.00 -29 -0.25 4,630 39.54 -120 -1.03 602 5.14 0 0.00 0 0.00 -107 -0.91 4,976 42.49 1,115 9.52 500 4.27 5,120 43.72 .6,735 57.51 0 0.00 0 0.00 o.00 0.00 0.00 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 11,711 Percent Of Total ( %) 100.00 HEATING COIL PEAK Mo /Hr: 13 / 1 OADB: 25 Space Peak Space Sens Btulh 0 0 -408 0 -1,114 -998 0 -753 -909 -4,183 0 0 0 0 0 0 -8,144 - 12,327 Coil Peak Percent Tot Sens Of Total Btu /h ( %) 0 0 -408 0 -1,114 -998 0 -753 -909 -4,183 0 0 0 0 0 -6,934 0 0 0 -8,144 0 0 0.00 0.00 2.12 0.00 5.78 5.18 0.00 3.91 4.72 21.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 42.28 0.00 0.00 - 19,261 100.00 Main Clg Aux Clg Opt Vent Total Total Capacity ton MBh 1.1 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.0 0.0 1.1 12.6 COOLING COIL SELECTION Sens Cap. Coil Alrfl Enter DBIWB/HR Leave DBIWB /HR MBh cfm °F °F grlib °F °F gr /Ib 10.9 0.0 0.0 561 0 0 74.3 0.0 0.0 61.4 61,8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 55.9 53.6 58.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Project Name: KC Metro South Facilities Remodel Dataset Name: X:I CDSI LOAD321PROJECTS1013005KCMetroSouthl0 .17- 01.LDS System Checksums By Path Engineers, LLC. Floor Part ExFlr Roof Wall AREAS Gross Total Glass ft ( %) 272 0 31 272 0 0 446 24 5 % OA cfmlft cfm /ton ft= /ton Btu /Ilr•fe No. People Single Zone TEMPERATURES Clg Htg SADB 56.0 90.0 Plenum 75.0 70.0 Return 75.0 70.0 Ret/OA 74.3 58.8 Fn MtrTD 0.0 0.0 Fn BIdTD 0.0 0.0 Fn Frict 0.1 0.0 Vent Infil Supply Mincfm Return Exhaust Rm Exh Auxll AIRFLOWS Cooling 140 18 561 0 579 159 0 0 Heating 140 18 561 0 579 159 0 0 ENGINEERING CKS Cooling Heating 25.0 2.06 25.0 2.06 534.67 259.51 46.24 -70.7L 2 Main Htg Aux Htg Preheat Reheat Humidif Opt Vent Total HEATING COIL SELECTION Capacity Coil AIrfI Ent MBh cfm °F -19.3 561 58.8 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0 -19.3 Lvg °F 90.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 TRACE Load 700 v3.0 calculated at 03:54 PM on 10/16/2001 project manual specifications king county department of transportation metro transit division south base facilities offices remodel merritt and pardini King County Department of Transportation Metro Transit Division ,_W 6 South Base Facilities Offices Remodel 0 S co W J = H Table of Contents uj 0 u-Q Division 0 — Bidding and Contract Conditions a w Division 1— General Requirements z 1— 0 Division 2 — Site Construction w I-- 02050 Demolition 2 t=) N 0 Irrigation ..2 0 W W Division 3 — Concrete _ H LLO 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 3 z 03300 Cast in Place Concrete 10 U cn 5 '.-- O Division 4 — Masonry (Not Used) Division 5 — Metals 05555 Metal Fabrications 2 Division 6 — Wood and Plastics 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork 4 Division 7 — Thermal and Moisture Protection 07520 EPDM Membrane Roofing 3 07841 Firestopping 6 07900 Joint Sealers 2 Division 8 — Doors and Windows 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 08211 Flush Wood Doors 3 2 z { Division 9 — Finishes 09260 Gypsum Wallboard Assemblies 6 09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 3 09651 Resilient Floor Tile 5 09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories 3 09680 Carpet 4 09900 Painting 7 Division 10 — Specialties (Not Used) Division 11— Equipment (Not Used) Division 12 — Furnishings (Not Used) Division 13 — Special Construction (Not Used) Division 14 — Conveying System (Not Used) Division 15 — Mechanical 15000 Mechanical General Provisions 4 15400 Plumbing Systems 3 15500 Fire Protection 2 15800 Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning 4 15950 Mechanical Controls 2 Division 16 - Electrical 16010 Basic Electrical 8 16060 Grounding and Bonding 1 16070 Electrical Hangers and Supports 3 16095 Minor Electrical Demolition 4 16123 Building Wire and Cable 3 16130 Raceway and Boxes 6 16140 Wiring Devices ••• 5 16150 Wiring Connections 2 16411 Enclosed Switches •• 2 16442 Panelboards 2 16510 Luminaires • 3 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 3 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 SUMMARY 1.03 DEFINITIONS f 01/18/02 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. A. Work in this section shall include all labor, materials and equipment required to complete the demolition work as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. A. Removal: "Removal" shall mean the demolition and disposal of the designated items at an appropriate location off the site as indicated below at the Contractor's expense, unless otherwise noted. B. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. 1.04 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. Delete references to historic items in paragraph below if not required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Use repair materials identical to existing materials. 3.01. EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. 02050 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the King County Project Representative. 3.02 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during demolition work. B. Contact appropriate Utility companies and the King County Project Representative before disconnecting any service. Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of all utilities damaged by his work. 3.03 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Dust Control: Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the Work if such dust is caused by the Contractor's operation during the performance of the work or if resulting from the condition in which the Contractor leaves the site. 3.04 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site. B. Dump Sites: All materials removed from the site must be disposed of in a City recognized legal dump site. C. Cleanup: Contractor shall clean the site of all demolition debris at the conclusion of the work. END OF SECTION 02050 - 2 King County Bid No. n�ieS.Y,M}tNFtiN.', t'4�f:NNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work in this section shall include all labor, materials, equipment and appliances required to complete the modification of the existing landscape sprinkler system as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein: 1. Modification of existing landscape sprinkler system. 2. Test sprinkler coverage of modified system. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 02810 IRRIGATION A. Submittals: Before materials of this section are delivered to the job site, submit to the Architect a complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and installed under the Section for conformance with the specifications. A. The Contractor must be a licensed sprinkler contractor. The sprinkler system must be installed by a journeyman lawn sprinkler mechanic or journeyman experienced in the installation of lawn sprinkler systems. Electrical work, if necessary, must be done by a licensed electrical contractor. 1.04 GUARANTEE A. Contractor shall provide one year written guarantee. B. Guarantee shall include, but is not limited to, the restoration of planted or paved areas due to settlement of trenches. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: All materials required for a complete and proper irrigation system installation/modification shall be new, first quality and subject to the approval of the King County Project Representative. B. Pressure main line pipe (below grade, exterior use): Polyvinyl- chloride ASTM D 2441, SDR -21, pressure rated for 200 psi. C. Piping sleeve (below grade, under concrete): Polyvinyl- chloride 4" schedule 40. D. Drain gravel: Washed, 3 inch maximum, 3/4 inch minimum. F, Pea gravel: Washed, 3/8 minus. F. Sand fill: Coarse sand, No. 8 maximum, not more than 3% under No. 200 sieve. 01/18/02 02810 -1 r+a4:.a:ro�PtrJ '!edr? 1,tf King County Bid No. 01/18/02 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Excavate straight and true with bottom uniformly sloped to low points. 1. Trench depth: 3 inches below invert of pipe. 2. Backfill: Backfill 6 inches over top of pipe with pea gravel. Complete backfill with clean material from excavation. Remove organic material and rocks larger than 1 inch size. B. Installation: Conform to UPC. 1. Lay piping on solid foundation, uniformly sloped, without pockets. 2. Make PVC pipe joints and install per ASTM D 2855 in dry weather. 3. No PVC pipe may be threaded or connected to a threaded fitting without an adapter. 3.02 TEST AND INSPECTION A. Hydrostatic test water piping in the presence of the King County Project Representative to a pressure of 125 psi for a period of 30 minutes. To be valid, all tests must be performed under the direction and supervision of the King County Project Representative. B. Backfilling• In refilling trenches, the earth fill around the pipe and fittings shall be free from stones and well tamped. 3.03 FINAL INSPECTION A. Before the sprinkler system will be accepted, the contractor, in the presence of the King County Project Representative, shall perform a water coverage test to deter- mine if the water coverage and operation of the system is complete and satisfac- tory. B. If any part of the system is inadequate due to the Contractor's poor workmanship or materials, it shall be repaired or replaced at the contractor's expense and the test repeated until accepted. END OF SECTION 02810 - 2 King County Bid No. ra PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY z rg w A. This Section includes the following: O 0 1. Reinforcing bars for cast -in -place concrete. 2. Accessories including, but not limited to, chairs and tie wires. w = B. Related work specified elsewhere: w O 2 1. Installation of reinforcing bars in masonry. g u. Q d 1.02 SUBMITTALS H = z � A. Shop drawings: Submit complete layouts, sections, and details for congested conditions; z O 0 typical bending diagrams and offsets; splice lengths and locations; proposed layout 11J • j where vertical and horizontal bars intersect, and wherever welding is proposed, detailed to conform to AWS and code requirements. After approval of initial OU submission, subsequent submittals may be waived. 0 H B. Certification: Submit copies of welding operator's certificate. = U H C. Chemical analysis: Provide for bars to be welded, in accordance with code. u- O .. w U 2 5 ' , A . Source quality control: Refer to Section 01400 for general requirements and to following z paragraphs for specific procedures. Testing Laboratory shall perform following conformance testing; shall select test samples of bars, ties, and stirrups from the material at the site or from place of distribution (each sampling including at least two 18 -inch long pieces); and perform the following tests according to ASTM A615. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Certification of welders: All welding both in shop and in field shall be performed by certified welding operators. f 01/18/02 1.04 MARKING AND SHIPPING SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1. Identified bars: If samples are obtained from bundles as delivered from the mill, identified as to heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports, and properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified. Perform one tensile and one bend test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of bars. Submit mill reports when samples are selected. 2. Unidentified bars: When positive identification of reinforcing bars cannot be made and when random samples are obtained, perform tests for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof, one tensile and one bend test from each size of bars. 03200 -1 King County Bid No. `.6'A.'ti4W B. Bending and forming: Fabricate bars of the indicated sizes, and bend and form to required shapes and lengths by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bend bars No. 6 size and larger in the shop only. Bars with unscheduled kinks or bends are subject to rejection. Use only tested and approved bar materials. 01/18/02 A. Bundle bars, tag with identification, and transport and store so as not to damage any material. Use metal tags indicating size, length, and other marking shown on placement drawings. Maintain tags after bundles are broken. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS w 2 A. Reinforcing bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 0 p u, • LLI J N u O 1. Standard manufactured products conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. • a 2. Use dense pre -cast concrete supports with embedded wire ties for H reinforcement placed on grade. Elsewhere, use wire bar supports. ? H HO 2.02 FABRICATION OF REINFORCEMENT BARS w w A. Comply with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced Concrete Construction for fabrication of reinforcing steel. o - H wW U- O ui Z U= O ff '" B. Reinforcing bars for Welding: ASTM A 706, Grade 60. C. Tie Wire: ASTM A 82, annealed copper - bearing steel, 16 -gage minimum. D. Chairs and similar support items: C. Welding: Use only ASTM 706 steel where welding is proposed. Perform welding, where shown or approved, by the direct electric arc process in accordance with AWS D1.4 using specified low- hydrogen electrodes. Preheat 6 inches each side of joint. Protect joints from drafts during the cooling process; accelerated cooling is prohibited. Do not tack weld bars. Clean metal surfaces to be welded of all loose scale and foreign material. Clean welds each time electrode is changed and chip burned edges before placing welds. When wire brushed, the completed welds must exhibit uniform section, smooth- welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from porosity and clinkers, and good fusion and penetration into the base metal. Cut out welds or parts of welds found defective with chisel and replace with proper welding. Pre - qualification of welds shall be in accordance with Code. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING : A: - Provide additional reinforcing bars at wall and slab openings as required. Before placing bars and again before concrete is placed, clean bars of loose mill scale, oil, or any other coating that might destroy or reduce bond. 03200 - 2 v..�4yRtY�d'�∎.403::1,1 1, .9rx King County Bid No. . `�+e,:i?�, z f 01/18/02 B. Securing in Place: Accurately place bars and wire tie in precise position where bars cross. Bend ends of wire ties away from the forms. Wire tie bars to corners of ties and stirrups. Support bars according to the current edition of "Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports" of Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, using approved accessories and chairs. Place pre -cast concrete cubes with embedded wire ties to support reinforcing steel bars in concrete placed on -grade and in footings. Use care not to damage vapor barriers where they occur. C. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Provide stainless steel or exterior quality vinyl plastic tipped chairs, bolsters, and accessories where exposed on exterior or interior concrete surfaces not to be painted or permanently covered. D. Clearances: Maintain minimum clear distances between reinforcing bars and face of concrete as indicated or directed. E. Splices: Do not splice reinforcing bars at the points of maximum stress, except where indicated. Lap splices as shown or required to develop the full strength or stress of bars. Stagger splices in horizontal wall bars at least 48 inches longitudinally in alternate bars and opposite faces. F. Field Welding of Bars: As specified for fabrication. G. Maintaining Bars in Position: Take adequate precautions to assure that reinforcing position and spacing is maintained during placement of concrete. H. Splice devices: 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: Obtain inspection and approval of reinforcing before concrete is placed. B. Welding Inspection. Whether welding is done in the shop or at the site, perform welding of reinforcing bars under inspection of the Testing Laboratory Welding Inspector. 1. Type and manufacture noted on drawings. If substitution is requested, the Contractor to supply manufacturer calculations and supporting data showing proposed substitution conforms to requirements indicated and supplied. 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Splice in a manner developing at least 125 percent of the yielding strength of the bar. END OF SECTION 03200 - 3 King County Bid No. lr PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Furnishing, placing, patching, and initial curing of cast -in -place concrete, unless otherwise specified. 2. Grout and drypack, except as otherwise specified 3. Placing of embedded anchor bolts and inserts. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE A. Mix design: Submit for each class of structural concrete and concrete slabs showing quantities of materials and water cement ratio. B. Product Data: Submit the coloring admix manufacturer's technical data for products, methods, and color control procedures. A. Compliance with regulations: All materials shall comply with the current rules and regulations of the local air quality management district, with the rules regarding volatile organic compounds, and with FDA rules and regulations for dangerous substances in construction products. B. Concrete manufacturer: Furnish concrete from licensed commercial ready -mix concrete plants conforming to ASTM C 94 and approved by Building Official. Requirements herein govern when exceeding ASTM C 94. C. Allowable tolerances: Construct concrete conforming to the tolerances specified in ACI 117, "Recommended Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials," as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements of regulatory agencies or otherwise indicated or specified. D. Source quality control: Refer to the following paragraphs for specific procedures. Concrete materials, which by previous tests or actual service have shown conformance, may be used without testing when so approved by the Architect and Building Official. Testing Laboratory shall perform following conformance testing. 1. Portland cement: Furnish Mill Certificates, acceptable to Architect and Building Official, showing conformance with requirements specified; otherwise, the Testing Laboratory shall test each 250 barrels of cement in accordance with • ASTM C 150. 2. Aggregate for normal weight concrete: Test the aggregate before and after concrete mix is designed and whenever character of aggregate varies or source of material is changed. Include a sieve analysis. Obtain samples of aggregates at the dry batching or ready -mix concrete plant in accordance with ASTM D75 and perform tests for the following properties: 01/18/02 03300 -1 King County Bid No. o ^sw.g?� w't�SittMY,t:tttvv�r„ Fine aggregate not darker than reference standard color Loss after 5 cycles not more than 8 percent of coarse aggre- gate, nor more than 10 percent of fine aggregate Weight loss not more than 10.5 percent after 100 revolutions, 42 • ercent after 500 revolutions Not over 1 percent for gravel, 1.5 percent for crushed aggre- gate Ratio of silica released to re- duction in alkalinity not to ex- ceed 1.0. California sand equivalent val- ues operating range not below 71 • ercent 1.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS f 01/18/02 A. Testing laboratory shall design concrete mixes for concrete requiring 28 -day compressive strength exceeding 2,000 psi. Contractor shall bear all costs for concrete mix designs. 1. Strength requirements: Design mixes for structural concrete for minimum 28 -day compressive strengths required by drawings and specifications. All mix designs for structural concrete shall be proportioned in accordance with Section 3.9 of ACI 301. If trial batches are used, the mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory and shall achieve an average compressive strength 1,200 psi higher than the specified strength. This over - design shall be increased to 1,400 psi when concrete strengths over 5,000 psi are used. 2. Basis of mix designs: Design all mixes for workability and durability of ` . concrete. Control mixes in accordance with ACI 301. Make adjustments in water /cement ratios as necessary for required concrete strengths at the 03300 2 King County Bid No. • Contractor's expense. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates, or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. 4. Air Content: All formed normal weight concrete shall contain an air - entraining agent producing air content of 3.5 to 6.5 percent by volume and adjusted for weather conditions. All interior slabs shall have a maximum air content of 3 percent. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver all materials in timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work. B. Store materials by methods that prevent damage and permit ready access for inspection and identification. 1.06 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not place concrete during rain or adverse weather conditions without means to prevent all damage. Conform to requirements specified hereinafter whenever concrete placement is required during cold or hot weather. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, low alkali, or Type V. Do not change brand or source without prior approval. B. Aggregates: 1. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33. C. Admixtures: 01/18/02 '.wIKVe z f.M4P^w... t .� .. 1. Chemical (water- reducing) Admixture: ASTM C 494, Types A, D, or E. Only one brand. When used, are subject to approval of King County Project Representative and must reduce the mixing water at least 10 percent without entraining air in excess of 2 percent by volume. If the water reducing agent entrains more than 2 percent air, the water reduction shall be at least 12 percent, but in no case shall the water - reducing agent entrain air in excess of 4 percent. 2. Air- entraining admix: ASTM C 260. 3. Pozzolan: ASTM C 618, Class F or C Fly Ash, 100 pounds maximum per cubic yard, containing 1 percent or less carbon. Fly ash shall not be used in excess of 20 percent by weight of total cement quantity. 4. Superplasticizers (high -range water - reducers): ASTM C 494, Type F or G. Master Builders "Rheobuild," Euclid "Eucon 37," or equal, capable of producing concrete which can be placed at 8- to 11 -inch slump without segregation, capable of maintaining slump within 2 inches of that initially mixed for 2 hours, and of maintaining concrete temperature within 2 degrees F from time of batching for 2 hours minimum. 03300 - 3 King County Bid No. . . ...... ....�swC. 0ikkA' rpooW A.si+Awr f valezv KKY't'i +' w ., ..... ..... z ~ w re I -J 00 u, O LIJ J = H u U O5.12 w _ O ui U= O' z 4 f 01/18/02 D. Water: From potable domestic source. E. Curing materials: 1. Liquid curing compound: ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B, W.R. Meadows 1100 Series, Master Builders "Mastercure W," or equal, complying with Rule 1113 of the South Coast Air Quality Management District and Federal Air Quality Regulation 40 CFR 52.254. 2. Curing Sheet: ASTM C 171, nonstaining white types. 3. Evaporation retardant and finishing aid: Master Builders "Confilm,'' Euclid "Eucobar," or equal. F. Non - shrink grout: Conform to Corps of Engineers CRD -C 621 and as follows: 1. Metallic for Concealed Areas: Master Builders "Embeco 885" or equal, nongas - forming, and free of oxidizing catalysts and inorganic accelerators, used as dry or damp pack, or mixed to a 20- second flow (CRC -C 621), without segregation or bleeding at any temperature between 45 degrees F and 100 degrees F. Working time 30 minutes or more. 2. Nonmetallic for Exposed Areas: Master Builders "Masterflow 928" or Euclid "Euco Hi -Flow Grout," with same characteristics as specified for concealed areas. 3. Epoxy Grout Where Indicated: Multi- component, premeasured, fast - curing combination of thermosetting resins and inert fillers, Master Builders "Ceilcote 648" Sikadur 42 Industrial Group -Pak by Sika Chemical Corporation, or Euclid "Euco High Strength Grout." G. Drypack: Field mixture of 1 part Portland cement to 2 parts fine aggregate mixed to a damp consistency such that a ball molded in the hands will stick together and hold its shape. At the Contractor's option, the specified admixture may be added for increased workability at lower water /cement ratio. In lieu of field mixing, Contractor may use factory mixed drypack material, such as Master Builders "SetGrout" or Euclid "Euco Dry Pack Grout." H. Expansion joint filler: Asphalt impregnated fiber or non extruding foam type, conforming to ASTM D 994 and D 1751, or D 1752. I. Construction Joint Materials: "Key -Kold" or "Kwik- Joint" of profiles indicated. J. Bonding agent: "Weld- Crete" manufactured by Larsen Products Company, P.O. Box 2127, Rockville, MD 20852; Master Builders " Concresive," or equal. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXING A. Furnish ready -mixed concrete from an approved concrete batch plant. Conform to ASTM C 94, except materials, testing, and mix designs as specified herein. Use transit mixer trucks equipped with automatic devices for recording number of revolutions of drum. Admixtures: All approved admixtures shall be introduced into the concrete at the batch plant. Field additions are not acceptable. 03300 - 4 - " - -- w. b.•. aa•.r n. .__ >.?.kt a:.artt•�rtn•nw. r.. King County Bid No. Z 2i- 6 O 0 J W O Q . I w Z = H HO Z I— w • w U O N aF- W W L I Z O — - O � Z C. Slump: Adjust quantity of water so concrete at point and time of placing does not exceed the following slumps when tested according to ASTM C 143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by part of structure being cast. Footings, foundation walls, and mass concrete, not reinforced. Slabs on grade, reinforced, and nonreinforced. Reinforced concrete over 8 inches thick. Reinforced concrete 8 inches or less thick. * If superplasticizers are used, slumps may be 8 to 10 inches for all concrete, with PART 3 - EXECUTION water - cement ratio unchanged or lower than slumps without admixture. 3.01 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETE PLACING A. Remove all free water from forms before concrete is deposited. Remove hardened concrete, debris, and foreign materials from interior surfaces of forms, exposed reinforcing, and from surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment. B. Wetting: Wet wood forms sufficiently to tighten up cracks. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce adsorption and to help maintain concrete workability. C. Earth sub - grade: Dampen 24 hours before placing concrete, but do not muddy. Re -roll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose material. D. Gravel fill: Re- compact disturbed gravel and bring to correct elevation. E. Sand beds or sub -slab drainage fill: Re- compact disturbed material and bring to correct elevation. F. Expansion joint filler: Install where slabs abut buildings and elsewhere as indicated. Install full depth of concrete with top level with finished surface of concrete. 3.02 CONCRETE PLACING A. Conveying and placing: Do not place concrete until the reinforcing steel, forms, or metal decking have been approved. Do not use aluminum tubes or any aluminum equipment for pumping concrete, nor allow concrete to free fall from its point of release at mixer, hoppers, tremies, or conveying equipment more than 6 feet for concealed concrete and 3 feet for exposed concrete. Deposit concrete so that the surface is kept level throughout, a minimum being permitted to flow from one portion to another. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 18 inches thick within 45 minutes after water is first added to the batch. Place concrete by methods that prevent segregation of materials. f 01/18/02 03300 - 5 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 1. Where new concrete is placed against or on old or existing concrete, apply bonding agent to properly prepared surface of old concrete prior to placement of new concrete. B. Joints in concrete: Locate joints only where approved, and obtain prior approval for points of stoppage of any pour. Clean and roughen the surface of construction joints by removing the entire surface and exposing 1/4 -inch amplitude of clean aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix by sandblasting, chipping, use of an approved surface retarder, or equal. Water and keep hardened concrete wet for not less than 24 hours and slush with portland cement slurry just before placing joining concrete. Cover horizontal surfaces of existing or previously placed and hardened concrete with a 2 -inch thick layer of fresh concrete less 50 percent of coarse aggregate just before balance of concrete is placed. 1. Exception: When using superplasticizers, the free fall, horizontal layer thickness and time limitations may be doubled. C. Vertical elements: Stop placement of concrete in walls and columns 1 1/2 -inch below bottom of beams or supported slabs. Stop placement at sills and heads of wall openings in the same manner. Allow concrete in vertical elements to be in place at least 2 hours and until vertical settlement has ceased before placing concrete for floor framing. D. Compacting: Compact each layer of the concrete as placed with mechanical vibrators or equivalent equipment. Transmit vibration directly to concrete and, in no case, through the forms, unless approved. Accomplish thorough compaction. Supplement by rodding or spading by hand adjacent to forms. Compact concrete into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures. Re- compact deep sections with congestion due to reinforcing steel as required. E. Operation of vibrators: Do not horizontally transport concrete in forms with vibrators nor allow vibrators to contact forms or reinforcing. Push vibrators vertically into the preceding layers that are still plastic and slowly withdraw, producing maximum obtainable density in concrete without creating voids or segregation. In no case disturb concrete that has partially set. Vibrate at intervals not exceeding two - thirds the effective visible vibration diameter of the submerged vibrator. Avoid excessive vibration that causes segregation. Use and type of vibrators shall conform to ACI 309, "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete." F. Correction of segregation: Before placing next layer of concrete and at the top of last placement for vertical elements, remove concrete containing excess water or fine aggregate, or showing deficiency of coarse aggregate, and fill the space with compacted concrete of correct proportions. G. Slabs: 1. Float finish: Place, consolidate, strike off and level concrete slab to proper elevation. Use highway straightedge, bull float or darby. Remove all bleed water. After the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit the operation, and water sheen has disappeared, the surface shall be floated, at least twice, to a uniform sandy texture. Remainder of finishing operations shall be as specified in Section 03345 for each type of surface. 03300 - 6 ua {_ •n..y'M.. r.r.ry.•W.Fr::.k°.rda ^ ^;+{'F'ft J: � r, Y ticstx yklA'RRern • F �• \ -+rN_ King County Bid No. • 3.03 COLD WEATHER PROVISIONS A. Normal concrete: When the temperature is below 40 degrees F, the temperature of the concrete placed in the forms shall be at least 60 degrees F. When the temperature is below 30 degrees F, the temperature of the concrete as mixed shall be 65 degrees F. In all cases, when the daily average temperature is below 40 degrees F, the concrete shall be kept at 55 degrees F for the 72 hours and then allowed to drop uniformly to the air temperature over the next 24 hours. B. Air- entrained concrete shall be kept at the above temperature for 27 hours and above freezing for an additional 72 hours. C. No calcium chloride shall be used to accelerate hardening of concrete. Contractor to certify that any additive used does not contain calcium chloride. D. If low temperature accelerating admixture is proposed, adjust concrete mix as required and obtain approval of King County Project Representative. E. All concrete materials, reinforcement, forming materials and ground with which concrete is to come in contact shall be free of frost. F. The covering or other protection used in connection with the curing shall remain in place and intact for at least 24 hours. G. The work shall be protected from the elements, flowing water, and defacements of any nature during the construction operations. f 01/18/02 2. On -grade slabs: Place with maximum 40 -foot edge dimension. Generally locate joints on column lines; exact locations as directed or approved. 3. On -grade slab construction and contraction joints: Use types as indicated at column lines intermediate locations. 4. Expansion joints: Conform to details and approved submittal. Provide expansion joint filler finished flush with slab surface except for those joints shown to be sealed with sealant. Conform to Section 07920 where sealant sealed joints are shown or specified, including the polymer joint filler, backing, and bond breaker. 5. Control joints: Provide for concrete slabs as indicated. At Contractor's option, "Soff -Cut" saw may be used to depth of 1 1/4 -inch immediately providing spoiling or undercutting of the concrete does not occur and in no case shall slab reinforcement be cut or damaged. Conventional saws shall be used as soon as possible without dislodging aggregate to 1/4 slab thickness. Complete sawing of joints within 12 hours after finishing is completed. If early sawing causes undercutting or washing of the concrete, delay the sawing operation and repair the damaged areas. The saw cut shall not vary more than 1/2 -inch from the true joint alignment. Discontinue sawing if a crack develops ahead of a saw cut. Immediately after each joint is sawed, thoroughly clean the saw cut and adjacent concrete surface. Re -spray surfaces treated with curing compound which are damaged during the sawing operations as soon as the water disappears. Protect joints in a manner to prevent the curing compound from entering the joints. 1. Concrete temperature shall be measured by placing a thermometer 2 inches from the top of the concrete being placed. 03300 - 7 King County Bid No. Z w 2 00 W = J W WO 2 u _ = = . Z � F— O Z E- W w U� ON OH W W Hr- IL. W Z U = O Z 01/18/02 H. Conform to the provisions of A.C.I. 306, "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting," except as modified herein. 3.04 HOT WEATHER PROVISIONS A. Conform to ACI 305R and the following requirements. B. Take extra care to reduce the temperature of the concrete being placed and to prevent rapid drying of newly placed concrete. When the outdoor ambient temperature is more than 90 degrees F, shade the fresh concrete as soon as possible after placing and start curing as soon as the surface of the fresh concrete is sufficiently hard to permit it without damage. C. Concrete placement temperatures shall be controlled by the Contractor and shall not be limited to: 1. Shading and cooling the aggregate. 2. Avoiding use of hot cement. 3. Cooling mixing water by additions of ice. 4. • Insulating water supply lines and tanks. 5. Insulating mixer drums or cooling them with sprays or wet burlap. 3.05 CURING FORMED CONCRETE A. Keep forms containing concrete in a wet condition until removed. Keep concrete continuously moist for not less than 7 days after placement. Keep concrete moist with a fine fog water spray until protected by curing media. B. During times of dry or excessive winds, high ambient temperature, low humidity, or other ambient conditions causing rapid drying, use specified evaporation retardant and finishing aid material according to the manufacturer's instructions and cure concrete with a fine fog spray of water, or equal applied both during and after finishing, and continued until final curing operations are started. C. Use the water curing method, curing sheet material, or a clear liquid membrane - forming curing compound, except as otherwise specified. D. Do not use any type of finishing or curing materials or methods that interfere with the correct application or bonding of subsequent materials. Verify exact requirements as they apply to all applicable materials. 3.06 PATCHING FORMED CONCRETE A. Remove fins, projections, and offsets. Cut out rock pockets, honeycomb, and all other defects to sound concrete, with edges of cuts straight and back- beveled. Dampen cutouts and edges, and scrub with neat portland cement slurry just before patching, or an apply approved epoxy concrete adhesive. B. Saturate form tie holes with water and fill voids and patches with flush smooth - finished mortar of same mix as concrete (less coarse aggregate), cure, and dry. 3.07,. FINISHING EXPOSED CORMED CONCRETE A. As specified in Section 03345. 3.08 GROUTING AND DRYPACKING 03300 - 8 King County Bid No. aftl A. Install as indicated or required. Where grouting and drypacking is part of the work of other sections, it shall conform to the following requirements, as applicable. B. Drypacking: Mix materials thoroughly with minimum amount of water. Install drypack by forcing and rodding to fill voids and provide complete bearing under plates. Finish exposed surfaces smooth and cure with damp burlap or liquid curing compound. C. Non - shrink grouting: Z _I- 1. Mixing: Mix the approved non - shrink grout material with sufficient water per tu manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Application: Surfaces to receive the non - shrink grout shall be clean and shall be � 0 m thoroughly immediately before placing the mortar. Before grouting, N p surfaces to be in contact shall be roughened and cleaned thoroughly. All loose u W particles shall be removed and the surface flushed thoroughly with neat cement _J H grout immediately before the grouting mortar is placed. Place fluid grout from Q n- one side only and puddle, chain, or pump for complete filling of voids; do not w 0 remove the dams or forms until grout attains initial set. Finish exposed surfaces smooth, and cure as recommended by grout manufacturer. u_ Q 3.09 SITE CONCRETE WORK I d E.-w Z A. Use bituminous type joint filler. Cure all concrete for at least 10 days with liquid H t- O curing compound or sheet material, except as otherwise specified. Construct all site W I— concrete of 3,000 psi concrete unless otherwise indicated or specified. Provide W reinforcing bars or mesh only where indicated. Conform to requirements specified U 0 herein before for slab finishing and curing as applicable. OD H B. Concrete Walks: Provide 1/2 -inch expansion joints as specified for curbs and where Z U walks abut rigid structures, aligned with joints in curbs where adjoining, and apply H H light broom finish perpendicular to traffic direction. Score walks as shown or directed. u. O W Z C. Control Joints: Provide sawed joints for concrete walks and exterior concrete pavement 0 Z as indicated. Use "Zip Strip" as distributed by SCA Construction Supply, Santa Fe Z 1- Springs, California, or equal only where specifically indicated. Install tops of the joints flush with the concrete surface and depth of joint a minimum of 1/4 the thickness of slab. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Level of Floors: Continuously monitor concrete placing to maintain level floor by use of an instrument level, transit, or laser. B. Continuous Inspection: Construct structural concrete exceeding 2,000 psi compressive strength under continuous inspection of Inspector. Obtain inspection and approval of forms and reinforcing by Building Department as required and by the Inspector before placing structural concrete. C. Testing of Concrete: Testing Laboratory shall perform following tests. Samples for testing shall be obtained in accordance with ASTM C172, and shall be taken from as close to point of placement as possible. • 1. Compressive Strength Tests: Cast one set of three or more cylinders from each day's placing and each 150 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, or not less than once for each 2,000 square feet of surface area for slabs and walls, of each strength of structural concrete. Date cylinders, assign record number, and tag showing the f 01/18/02 03300 - 9 King County Bid No. >....ff,:�,�,,w:.rre�ralMntsa' Kim+ e«!n'XntR�yu r. m;• rx:*¢ t c yxFrh� ', >Y:a- .gwmatir . ,,.. », 01 /18 /02 location from which sample was taken. Also record slump test result of sample. Do not make more than two series of tests from any one location or batch of concrete. 2. Test Cylinders: Samples will be made in accordance with ASTM C 172. Cast cylinders according to ASTM C 31; 24 hours later, store cylinders under moist curing conditions at about 70 degrees F. Test according to ASTM C 39 at l- and 28 -day ages. The remaining cylinder shall be kept in reserve in case tests are unsatisfactory. 3. Control Test Cylinders: Cast a set of two or more cylinders for each day's placing of concrete for slabs supported on shoring. Place test cylinders on slabs represented by cylinders and cure the same as slabs. Test cylinders to determine proper times for removal of shores and re- shoring. A strength test shall be the average of the compressive strengths of 2 cylinders made from the same sample of concrete and tested at 28 days. D. Tests for Lightweight Structural Concrete: Perform following test for each 150 cubic yards of lightweight structural concrete. 1. Along with slump test, ASTM C 143 and from same sample, determine air content, unit weight, and yield per ASTM C 138. 2. Shrinkage Test: Cast 4" x 4" x 11" long bars with 10 -inch effective gauge length cured for 7 days in moist room and as specified in ASTM C 157. Make measurements at 7 -day intervals to 35 -day age. Allowable shrinkage shall not exceed 0.05 percent after period of 35 days. 3. Previous Shrinkage Tests: Ready -mix concrete manufacturer may furnish certified test reports from an approved Testing Laboratory as proof of meeting shrinkage requirements provided aggregates used and concrete covered by such test reports conform to the mix design approved for use on the work. E. Core Tests: If tests show the compressive strength of any concrete falls below the required minimum, additional testing of concrete which unsatisfactory tests represent may be required. Make core tests according to ASTM C 42. Fill core holes with drypack concrete of strength required for concrete. Contractor shall bear cost of tests for below - strength concrete even if such tests indicate concrete has attained required minimum compressive strength, and all costs for required corrections. END OF SECTION 03300 -10 King County Bid No. z • w 6 O 0 • ul 1.11 F- N LL w 0 2 g co a F = W - _ z �.. F- 0 Z F- w • w D • O 0— O F- w � - U- O al Z = O ~ z 1. Stainless steel countertop. 2. Stainless steel back splash. 3. Stainless steel side splash. 4. Epoxy adhesion compound. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide samples for the following: 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE SECTION 05555 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal fabrications including for the following applications: 1. Stainless steel: 6 inch x 6 inch finished sample. 2. Product data for adhesion compound. 3. Shop drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of metal fabrications indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items when used. A. A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. . - 1. Stainless steel sheet, strip, plate, and flat bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. 2.02 FABRICATION f 01/18/02 05555 -1 King County Bid No. z w O 0 CO CI W= F- wO = = . z � I- O w ~. U � O N O H w • u j 6- O w F-� O z f 01/18/02 A. Pre - assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for re- assembly and coordinated installation. 1. Stainless steel countertop, back splash, and side splash to be adhered to backing board as indicated. Adhesion compound will have minimum 5 (five) year warranty against failure. B. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Cutting, fitting and placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevations; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. END OF SECTION 05555-2 King County Bid No. PART 1- GENERAL z 1.01 SUMMARY .� z ce w A. This Section includes interior woodworking including for the following applications: 6 J U UO 0 1. Plastic- laminate cabinets. CO w= 2. Countertops B. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging w 0 strips, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 2 J 1.02 SUBMITTALS N A. Samples: Z I- O 1. Plastic laminate and thermoset decorative- overlay surfaced panel products, for w o w each type, color, pattern, and surface finish. ? 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 1— A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural H 0 Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, 0 construction, finishes, and other requirements. z ui U = O z 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRICATORS SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. Fabricators: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide interior architectural woodwork by one of the following: 1. B -C Cabinets (206) 935 -6237 `Bob" 2. Pacific Cabinets (206) 419 -7033 "Donna" 3. Westmark (800) 755 -3470 "Brent" 4. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Wood for Transparent Finish: 01/18/02 06402 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 1. Species and Cut: Red oak, plain sawn or sliced. B. Wood Products: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. - Z 2. Medium- Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD- Exterior Glue. 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M- 2- Exterior Glue. = w 4. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, Medium Density Overlay. In 5. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP -1. J U C. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Particleboard or medium - density fiberboard with co 0 surface of thermally fused, melamine- impregnated decorative paper complying W I with LMA SAT -1. to w w0 D. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 2 J 2.03 FIRE RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS N D w = A. Fire - retardant treated lumber and plywood: Materials impregnated with fire- E _ retardant chemical formulations to comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA Z 1- 027 (plywood), Exterior Type or Interior Type A. Use fire- retardant- treatment Z O formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Kiln - dry materials after treatment. D p U w B. Fire - retardant particleboard: Panels made from softwood particles and fire- a H retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture with flame- = w spread index of 25 or less and smoke - developed index of 25 or less per ASTM E 84. .- u-a, C. Fire- retardant fiberboard: ANSI A208.2 medium - density fiberboard panels made u j Z from softwood fibers, synthetic resins and fire- retardant chemicals mixed together 0 at time of panel manufacture with flame - spread index of 25 or less and smoke- 0 '- developed index of 200 or less per ASTM E 84. Z 2.04 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials for a complete installation of architectural woodwork, except for items indicated as "Door Hardware." B. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by referencing BHMA numbers or items referenced to this standard. C. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, self - closing. D. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, 4 inches long, 5/16 inches in diameter. E. Catches: Magnetic, BHMA A156.9, B03141. F. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: Manufacturer's standard. G. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121. 06402 - 2 wWKM4Y Tlgnyi.4t.y✓ King County Bid No. Jvx }u:eM.v- tirtY*i:9! {1A?53 H. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Complying with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 626 for brass or bronze base; BHMA 652 for steel base. 2.05 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln - dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1.Interior Woodwork Grade: Custom complying with the referenced quality standard. 2. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 3. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 4. For trim items wider than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width. 5. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 6. Assemble casings in plant except where limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly. B. Plastic - laminate cabinets: 1. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay. 2. Species for Exposed Lumber Surfaces: Red Oak. 3. Panel Product for Exposed Surfaces: Medium- density fiberboard or overlay. 4. Semi - exposed Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative overlay. B. Countertops: 01/18/02 a. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid- hardwood lumber or thermoset decorative overlay. b. Drawer Bottoms: Hardwood plywood thermoset decorative overlay. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 5. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High - pressure decorative of grade indicated. a. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: HGS. b. Vertical Surfaces: VGS. c. Edges: Manufacturer's standard. 6. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 06402 - 3 King County Bid No. 1v;:.yuuw.,:e.:re,.vron,.. +, 01 /18 /02 1. Edge treatment: Same as cladding on horizontal surface. 2. Core material at sinks: Particleboard, on medium density fiberboard made with exterior glue, or exterior -grade plywood. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas and examine and complete work as required, including removal of packing and back - priming before installation. B. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in this Section for type of woodwork involved. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. Shim as required with concealed shims. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use dine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. F. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation 1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. G. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other support into underside of countertop. Caulk space between sidesplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 section, "Joint Sealants ". END OF SECTION 06402 - 4 King County Bid No. r�iri�r�r • 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall provide the following submittals in accordance with Section 01300: 1. List of materials proposed for use including but not limited to roofing materials, insulation, flashing, curb and fasteners. 2. Roofing materials manufacturer's specifications selected for use. 3. Description of complete system, from deck up, proposed for use. 4. A letter from Firestone stating roofer is a Firestone Authorized Roofing Applicator approved to apply and repair this kind of roof system. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Any penetrations of the existing roof system, roofing patches, flashing at roof penetrations and repair areas shall be performed by workers experienced with this kind of roof system employed by the Firestone Authorized Roofing Applicator. B. Perform work in accordance with Firestone's instructions and the Contract Documents. In case of conflict, the more stringent requirements shall apply. C. Inform Firestone representative, Bill Kemp (425- 255 - 0656), a minimum 72 hours before starting work. D. Provide the King County Project Representative with written certification by Firestone that the work has been completed and meets conditions of the original roofing warranty. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not store materials on roof. Follow manufacturer's instructions. 1.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor's responsibilities: 1. Contractor shall keep King County's Project Representative and Firestone's field 01/18/02 representative informed of project schedule and status. SECTION 07520 07520 -1 King County Bid No. z • w 00 0) 0 J • = H • w w 0 2 J u 2 • d • w Z= 1 ._ 1- 0 z � w • w O • N o 1 — w w — O ui U N O • F .. z • PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All components shall be products compatible with the existing roof system and certified by Firestone as approved components of a single source warranty roof Z system. The materials shall be asbestos free. z 2.02 MATERIALS J A. Membrane: Firestone EPDM, 0.060 inch thickness, black. U 0 co w B. Flashing: Firestone's Uncured EPDM "Form Flash ", 0.060 inch thickness, black. w C. Insulation: Minimum density 2-psf Polyisocyanurate rigid insulation with facers • 0 and thickness compatible with adjacent materials. g Q D. Insulation attachment: Attachment of the insulation shall meet Factory Mutual I- 90 requirements and the recommendations of the insulation manufacturer and z w Firestone. Z E. Bonding adhesive, caulking and other miscellaneous materials: As recommended w O by Firestone. 2 0 F. Walkway pads: Firestone "Rubber Guard" or as recommended by Firestone. p • 0 I- G. Wood blocking and curbs: Wood blocking and curb shall be pressure - treated with = V chromated copper arsenate to meet AWPB, LP -22, 0.40 pcf retention and marked. .L-L- O H. Prefabricated insulated curb: Prefabricated insulated curb shall be box section ul N design, height as shown in.the Drawings, 16 gauge galvanized steel construction, U = continuous mitered and welded corner seams, integral base plate, pressure - treated 0 F' nailer, and be insulated with 1 -1/2 inch thick rigid insulation board as recommended by the King County Project Representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL f' 01/18/02 I. Metal flashing shall be as recommended by Firestone. A. Field measurements and material quantities: The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for accuracy of all measurements and estimates of material quantities and sizes. B. Weather: No roofing work shall be done in rainy or foggy weather or when weather and other conditions may adversely affect the desired results. Installation of the roofing system shall not begin until all moisture has been totally dried. 3.027 - PROTECTION 07520 - 2 e.,..,.,r■ .wn�wml swuaun ^yen*rana„ A'a —= ° "M = King County Bid No. f ' 01/18/02 A. Protect the existing roofing system at this facility from damage during the course of the work as specified in this Contract and as specified by the Firestone representative. B. Install protective sheathing on the roof for areas indicated on the Drawings before the work commences. Remove the sheathing after the work is accepted by the King County Project Representative. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Follow Firestone's installation instructions and Contract specifications and drawings. 3.04 CLEAN -UP A. Immediately after the completion of all specified work, the roof membrane, flashing surfaces and adjacent areas shall be cleaned of any debris, construction dirt, excess adhesives, footprints or other flaws in appearance. B. Inspect the work areas and areas on the roof affected by work under this Contract for damage. This would include but not limited to the membrane, flashings, skylights, walkpads, other roof top equipment, flashings. Repair in accordance with the King County Project Representative's and Firestone representative's recommendations. END OF SECTION 07520 - 3 King County Bid No. PART 1- GENERAL . 1.01 SUMMARY 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 01/18/02 SECTION 07841 FIRESTOPPING A. This Section includes through - penetration firestop systems for penetrations through the following fire- resistance -rated assemblies, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items: 1. Concrete walls. A. General: For the following constructions, provide through - penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire- resistance rating of assembly penetrated. 1. Fire - resistance -rated load - bearing walls. 2. Fire - resistance -rated non - load - bearing walls. B. F -Rated Systems: Provide through - penetration firestop systems with F- ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire- resistance rating of constructions penetrated and as indicated on drawings. C. T -Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through - penetration firestop systems with T- ratings indicated, as well as F- ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas: 1. Penetrations located outside wall cavities. 2. Penetrations located in construction containing fire- protection -rated openings. 3. Penetrating items larger than 4 -inch- diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq. in. in overall cross- sectional area. D. For through - penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that after curing do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. 1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture- resistant through - penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through - penetration &estop systems not requiring removal of insulation. 07841 -1 _ n.m�••r::�xs „ r -rxnam :^rf.�.+lrmti�w!�:.��.� —•- rkYaYN King County Bid No. 0 01/18/02 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: For each type of through - penetration firestop system product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each through - penetration firestop system, show each kind of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through - penetration firestop system configuration for construction and penetrating items. C. Qualification data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Product certificates: Signed by manufacturers of through - penetration firestop system products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. E. Product test reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating through - penetration firestop system complies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed through - penetration firestop systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source limitations: Obtain through - penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated, from a single manufacturer. C. Fire -test- response characteristics: Provide through - penetration firestop systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in "Performance Requirements" Article: 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through - penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Through- penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 07841-2 Vi • atial t ,_K °1x� ;rw{A',w!;•Mv..vt = gitt t,_, King County Bid No. z w ce 6 O 0 N D - • _ i— Q u w O 2 ga w = a w z = Z O w • w U � O N • 1- 111 ua • 0 uO w U - O z b. Through - penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through - penetration firestop system designations listed by UL in "Fire Resistance Directory". 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 01/18/02 A. Deliver through - penetration firestop system products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials for through - penetration firestop systems to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental limitations: Do not install through - penetration firestop systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through - penetration firestop system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through - penetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core - drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through - penetration firestop systems. C. Do not cover up through - penetration firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until Owner's inspecting agency and building inspector, if required by authorities having jurisdiction, have examined each installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 2. Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. 3. Nelson Firestop Products. 4. Specified Technologies Inc. 5. 3M Fire Protection Products. 6. Others as approved by King County Project Representative 07841- 3 King County Bid No. z w 00 u, 0 J • = wO LL a = • d = . Z I- F— O Z O ( 12 ca H w W UO Lid N O z 01/18/02 2.02 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide through - penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through - penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each through - penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through- penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: 2.03 FILL MATERIALS A. General: Provide through - penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials indicated in the Through- Penetration Firestop System Schedule at the end of Part 3 by reference to the types of materials described in this Article. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of the referenced testing and inspecting agencies as fill, void, or cavity materials. B. Latex sealants: Single - component latex formulations that after cure do not re- emulsify during exposure to moisture. C. Intumescent putties: Non - hardening dielectric, water - resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. D. Mortars: Prepackaged, dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a non - shrinking, homogeneous mortar. E. Silicone foams: Multi- component, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, non - shrinking foam. F. Silicone sealants: Moisture - curing, single- component, silicone- based, neutral - curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self - leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping, gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2.04 MIXING 1. Permanent forming /damming/backing materials, including the following: a. Sealants used in combination with other forming /damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. b. Fillers for sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with through - penetration firestop system manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, 07841-4 King County Bid No. z w � 2 J0 O 0 0 CO J = (O t w0 p 0 I— w W O .. O � Z selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through - penetration firestop systems to comply with written recommendations of firestop system manufacturer and the following requirements: . 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through - penetration firestop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through - penetration firestop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking tape: Use masking tape to prevent through - penetration firestop systems from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates. 3.03 THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP INSTALLATION A. General: Install through - penetration firestop systems to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article and firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming /damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. 1. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. 01/18/02 07841-5 King County Bid No. • 01/18/02 C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire- resistance ratings indicated. z 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. :1 W 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to ft m produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. J U 00 y 0 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION w i F— NLL A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods . W 0 and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through - penetration 2 firestop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which g a '. openings occur. to B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that 1— _ ensure through - penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration Z at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or z O deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated W W through - penetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to D 0 produce through - penetration firestop systems complying with specified 0 N requirements. 0 f- W W 3.05 THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM SCHEDULE H H u. 1— A. Where UL- classified systems are indicated, they refer to the alpha - alpha- numeric Z designations listed in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category U N XHEZ. ~O H B. Firestop Systems for Metallic Pipes, Conduit, or Tubing: Comply with the following: 1. UL- Classified Systems: W -L -1087. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. Latex sealant. b. Silicone sealant. c. Intumescent putty. d. Mortar. C. Firestop Systems for Insulated Pipes: Comply with the following: 1. UL- Classified Systems: W -L- 5044. 2. Type of Fill Materials: One or more of the following: a. Latex sealant. b. Intumescent putty. C. Silicone foam. END OF SECTION 07841 - 6 King County Bid No. .. �., �. •..r!..= a n n of.+ tn::¢ Didx ' #w14z. #rMYrs^5 z 01/18/02 SECTION 07900 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes joint sealers for general construction. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System performance to achieve moisture and air -tight joint seals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Provide the following: 1. Manufacturer's product data demonstrating compliance with the Specifications. 2. Manufacturer's recommendations for storage, handling and application of sealants. 3. Samples: Materials proposed for use showing color range available. B. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Polyurethane sealant for all areas unless specified otherwise: 1. ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS or P, Class 25, non - sagging or self - leveling as specified. 2. Capable of withstanding movement up to 25 percent of joint width. 3. Sikaflex by Sika Chemical Corporation, Vulkem by Mameco International, or as approved by King County Project Representative. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Joint cleaner: Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 07900 -1 King County Bid No. z 1 ~ w cc 0 W J W O g Q = a W z= H Z0 U � O N 0 I-- W IL 5 .z ar 0 z 01/18/02 B. Backer rod: Backer rod shall be open cell polyethylene or polyurethane foam, cylindrical and oversized a minimum 30 percent larger and joint width. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. Apply sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install joint backing when joints exceed the depth requirements. Insert backing to provide the joint depth specified. Provide full length sections without splices where possible. Minimize number of splices. C. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot by applied within these temperature ranges. D. Tool joints concave unless indicated otherwise. 3.03 POLYURETHANE SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Use non -sag polyurethane sealant on vertical exposed joints B. Use self - leveling polyurethane sealant on horizontal exposed joints. C. Joint dimensions: Unless otherwise specified, construct the joints to the following: 1. Width: Minimum 1/4 inch and maximum 1 inch. 2. Depth: 1/2 the width of the joint, but in no case less than 1/4 inch deep. Measure sealant depth at the point of smallest cross section. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent surfaces of smears or other soiling resulting from sealant application. B. Replace damaged surfaces resulting from sealant application or cleaning. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION 07900 - 2 King County Bid No. z Z 0 O 0 0 W J H CO IL w 0 2 rte < co I I- w Z = H ZO W U O N • F- w w � - u- 0. z • D. O F z 1 PARTI - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes steel doors and frames. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel door and frame standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.02 MATERIALS A. All Flush face metal doors shall be faces with cold -rolled steel sheets: ASTM A 366, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher- leveled standard of flatness. All other components may be fabricated with hot or cold -rolled sheet steel. B. Exterior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical- endurance level: 01/18/02 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Product data: Include door designation, type, level and model, material description, label compliance as applicable, and finishes. 1. Ceco Door Products; a United Company. 2. Curries Company. 3. Kewanee Corporation (The). 4. Republic Builders Products. 5. Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll-Rand. 6. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. 1. Level 1 and Physical Performance Level C, (Standard Duty), Model 1 Full Flush except for door with glazing, which shall be Level 3 and Physical Performance Level A (Extra Heavy Duty), Model 1 Stile and Rail. 2. Metallic- Coated Steel Sheets: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with an A40 zinc- iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating; or ASTM A 591, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating; mill phosphatized; suitable for unexposed applications, stretcher- leveled standard of flatness. King County Bid No. 08110 -1 z • w 6 J U 0 N w = J � N IJ.. w V_ < H I Z �. �— O Z i- w n O D- o f- LU I- LL Z w U = O ff ' z 01/18/02 3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal -rated assemblies with U -value of 0.41 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg For better. 4. Vision Lite Systems: Manufacturer's standard kits consisting of glass lite moldings to accommodate glass thickness and size of vision lite indicated. 2.03 FABRICATION B. Fabricate doors and frames from metallic - coated steel sheet. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of 0.053 - inch thick, metallic coated steel channels with channel webs placed even with the top and bottom edges. C. Core construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that produces a door complying with SDI standards. D. Clearances for Non -Fire Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. E. Door -edge profile: Square edge. F. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 G. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. H. Frame Construction: Fabricate knock -down, drywall slip -on frames for in -place gypsum board partitions or knock -down frames with mitered or coped corners, for field assembly or welded frames as a contractors choose. Interior frames shall be fire -rated were indicated. Interior frames shall be a minimum of 0.042 -inch- thick. Exterior frames shall be a minimum of 0.053 -inch- thick. 08110 - 2 .:...n .corm King County Bid No. ... •er ":.<r;e,rrro:; 050K fknf, ;fee'k R4MA4 01/18/02 I. Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. J. Glazing stops: Manufacturer's standard, formed from 0.032 -inch thick steel sheet. 1.Provide non - removable stops on outside of exterior doors. 2.Provide screw - applied, removable glazing stops on inside of glass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Wall anchors: Provide at least three anchors per jamb. 2. Gypsum -board partitions: For in -place partitions, install knock -down, drywall slip -on frames. B. Door installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and ANSI/DHI A115.1G. C. After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat with compatible air - drying primer. END OF SECTION 08110 - 3 King County Bid No. z w J U . O O N 0 . Co ILI J I CO LL w O J u_ j ± z = F- O z 1- w U D O N O I- =w H � . LL .z w O z PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.01 SUMMARY , 1 z W A. This Section includes the following: 6 —J C.) 00 1. Solid -core doors with wood veneer faces. co W 1.02 SUBMITTALS W J '— CO u. O A. Product data: Factory finishing specifications. 2 B. Shop drawings: Indicate location, size and hand of each door; elevation of door; g Q construction details; location and extent of hardware blocking; mortises, holes and u) a cutouts; requirements for veneer matching; and other pertinent data. = w C. Samples: For each face material and finish. z I- I- O W I- W 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS U o A. Delivery, storage and handling as follows: O S2 — WW 1. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written H , instructions. u - O 2. Package doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons. W V Z 3. Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, N and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative ~O I-- humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. Z PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Flush wood doors: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 01/18/02 SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1.Algoma Hardwoods Inc. 2. Ampco Products, Inc. 3. Buell Door Company. 4. Chappell Door Co. 5. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. 6. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 7. GRAHAM Manufacturing Corp. 8. Haley Brothers, Inc. 9. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. 10. IPIK Door Company. 08211 -1 King County Bid No. rK IkS!? !hP1Y 7trP4:d PART 3 - EXECUTION 01/18/02 11. Lambton Doors. 12. Marlite. 13. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. 14. Oshkosh Architectural Door Co. 15. Poncraft Door Co. 16. Southwood Door Co. 17. Vancouver Door Company, Inc. 18. VT Industries Inc. 19. Weyerhaeuser Company. 20. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. 2.02 DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Interior veneer -faced solid core door: 1. Core: Either glue blocked or structural composite lumber. 2. Construction: Five plies with stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in sizes indicated for Project -site fitting. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame - opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. B. Job - fitted doors: Align and fir doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Factory fitted - doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. D. Factory - finished doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. END OF SECTION 08211-2 King County Bid No. R! NI' hYM�4K '.+tip(Hb{e Yan.04 ..:rM.sr 4 Z H J U O 0 N0 . J WOO u_ _ • a H= z �. 1- O Z F- w W U � O ( � F- W w Z - U LL. O LLi U O H Z A. Product data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size sample in 12 -inch long length for each trim accessory. • • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Non -load bearing steel framing. 1.02 DEFINITIONS SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality assurance: For gypsum board assemblies with fire- resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand names and identification of manufacturer or supplies. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. C. Environmental limitations: Comply with ASTM 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever is more stringent. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever is more stringent. 01/18/02 09260 - 1 ........ - no c.o.t.m .4t11.nawnw.nwrr,..^° w King County Bid No. 01/18/02 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: z z . 1. Steel framing and furring: w , a. Clark Steel Framing Systems. U 0 b. Consolidated Systems, Inc. N 0 c. Dale Industries, Inc. - Dale/Incor. co w ILI d. Dietrich Industries, Inc. e. MarinoWare; Division of Ware Ind. N u_ f. National Gypsum Company. O g. Scafco Corporation. h. Unimast, Inc. u. Q i. Western Metal Lath & Steel Framing Systems. to d j. Others as approved by the King County Project Representative. H w z � 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: H O z F- w w a. American Gypsum Co. g b. G -P Gypsum Corp. V 0 c. National Gypsum Company. 0 d. United States Gypsum Co. w O A. Components, general: As follow: tii 1. Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. O H 2. Steel Sheet Components: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for Z metal and with manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant zinc coating. 2.02 STEEL PARTITIONS B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum gauge: 18 gauge for all walls. 2. Depth as indicated. C. Fasteners for metal framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 2.03 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Panel size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum wallboard: ASTM C 36. 1. TypeX 09260 - 2 King County Bid No. ' MM a. Thickness: 5/8 inch. b. Long edges: tapered. 2.04 TRIM ACCESSORIES 01/18/02 A. Interior trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic or paper faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. b. LC -bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. c. U -bead: J- shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound; use at exposed panel edges and where indicated. 2.05 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard: Paper C. Joint compound for interior gypsum wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling. At open joints, beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and first coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all purpose compound. 4. Finish coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 2.06 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Steel drill screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow - metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with 09260 - 3 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum wallboard assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, furnishings or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations or, if none available, with United States Gypsum's "Gypsum Construction Handbook ". C. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.03 INSTALLING STEEL PARTITION A. Install tracks (runners) at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns where gypsum board assemblies abut other construction. 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt -felt or foam - gasket isolation strip between studs and wall. B. Installation tolerances: Install each steel framing and furring member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by the faces of adjacent framing. C. Install steel studs and furring at the following spacing: 1. Single layer construction: 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise noted. D. Frame door openings to comply with GA -600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. 1. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install cripple studs at each head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2 -inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint. 3. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above, unless otherwise indicated. E. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door opening, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door head. 09260 - 4 King County Bid No. 3.04 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL. A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standard: ASTM C 840 and GA -216 B. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. C. Locate edge and end joints over supports. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. D. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. E. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. F. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. G. Isolate perimeter of non -load bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 1/4 to 1/2 inch wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. 3.04 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS A. Single layer application: 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically, parallel to framing, unless otherwise indicated, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. B. Single layer fastening method: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 3.05 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.06 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD SSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 01/18/02 09260 - 5 King County Bid No. . .. ..s ,: rlw.. n. .tiPs:�1:N:�VpsSW;'.x ✓.'!!M1Lquy .. VIVNIIIi.6■ .1 01/18/02 B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum board finish levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 2. No finish: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed spaces, and where indicated. END OF SECTION 09260 - 6 King County Bid No. • >� 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS 01/18/02 SECTION 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes acoustical ceiling panels and suspension systems for ceilings. A. Product data: For each product indicated. B. Coordination drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling mounted items. Show the following: 1. Ceiling suspension assembly members. 2. Method of attaching hangers to building members. 3. Ceiling mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels and special mouldings. C. Samples: For each acoustical panel, for each exposed suspension system member and for each color and texture required. D. Product test reports. E. Research/evaluation reports. F. Maintenance data. A. Seismic standard: Comply with the following: 1. ASTM E 580 2. CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings— Seismic Zones 0 -2 ". 3. CISCA's "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies— Seismic Zones 3 & 4 ". 4. UBC Standard 25 -2. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: 10 full size units. 2. Suspension system components: Quantity of each exposed component equal to 5 percent of quantity installed. 09511 -1 King County Bid No. ��w.r�.r +wwawa...in +w,e.5.rtwv .?r Wt:✓�' y ..,w..sns. ^P41,,i'tg: C. Attachment devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung", unless otherwise noted. "'` D. Wire hangers, braces and ties: Zinc - coated carbon steel wire; ASTM A 641/A 641M,class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 01/18/02 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL 1. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 inch diameter wire. E. Seismic struts and seismic clips. F. Metal edge moulding and trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moulding for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspensions system runners. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Products: 1. USG, Armstrong & Celotex. 2. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. B. Classifications: Nodular, Mineral -Base and Asbestos Free Acoustical Panels for Acoustical Panel Ceiling. C. Color: White. D. Light Reflectance Coefficient: Not less LR 0.89. E. Noise Reduction Coefficient: NRC 0.70 minimum. F. Edge Detail: Angled tegular system members. G. Thickness: 3/4 inch. H. Size: 24 by 24 inches or 24 by 48 inches as indicated. 2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Products: 09511 - 2 King County Bid No. } •• 1. USG, Armstrong & Celotex 2. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. B. Steel suspension system: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold - rolled steel sheet, pre - painted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, not less than G30 coating designation, with pre - finished 15/16 inch wide metal caps on flanges. 1. Structural classification: Heavy duty. 2. End condition of cross runners: Match existing. 3. Cap material: Steel or aluminum cold - rolled sheet. 4. Cap finish: Painted white (match existing). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with UBC Standard 25 -2 and seismic requirements indicated, per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than - half -width tiles at borders C. Re- install existing grid in rooms as indicated on the drawings. Replace damages pieces and touch -up paint as needed to present a "like new appearance ". D. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members, plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counter - splaying, or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers, use trapezes or equivalent devices. 3. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. 4. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs or to steel roof deck. E. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. Screw attach moldings to substrate with concealed fasteners at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet Miter corners accurately and connect securely. F. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. G. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 01/18/02 END OF SECTION 09511 - 3 ■•■ s w ,y,..,..:..,,,.,. .. King County Bid No. PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE z 1.01 SUMMARY H z Ce w A. This section includes the following: dd JU o 1. Vinyl composition tile (VCT). C3 w = 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1 •w 0 A. Provide data: For each type of product indicated. 2 B. Samples for verification: Full size units of each color and pattern of resilient floor tile g Q required. C d C. Maintenance data: For resilient products to include in maintenance manuals. H = z F- 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE z O U.1 uj A. Fire test response characteristics: Provide products identical to those tested for fire- 2 o exposure behavior per test method indicated by a testing and inspecting agency U u acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. p H wW 1_-, 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING u. p A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the U weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by the = manufacturer, but less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store tiles on flat z '- surfaces. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After post - installation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation. E. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 01/18/02 09651 -1 King County Bid No. r.:rvs >n:4fi1le 01/18/02 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1. Floor tile: Furnish 1 box of floor tile installed. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other part 2 articles. 2.02 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and patterns: As selected by King County Project Representative. 2.03 VINYL COMPOSITION TILES A. Vinyl composition tile (VCT): ASTM F 1066. 1. AB ColorPlus, American Bilrite (Canada) Ltd. 2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 3. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO 4. Congoleum Corporation. 5. Mannington Mills, Inc; 6. Tarkett Inc. 7. Others as approved by King County Project representative. B. Class: Solid color tile. C. Wearing surface: Smooth. D. Thickness: 0.125 inch. E. Size: 12 by 12 inches. F. Fire test response characteristics: 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W /sq. cm per ASTM E 648. 2.04 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable leveling and patching compounds: latex modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. 09651- 2 King County Bid No. , gCxYsx :.N..........,,............ ....o „v a+;h ena++ 4.401 sM.V.I l:ittal ., a...:. rte. B. Adhesives: Water resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C. Metal edge strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. Z ~ W PART 3 - EXECUTION re 2 3.01 EXAMINATION v v 0 to ia A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for w w installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. -J1- .W O 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements 2 specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, g depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of W D resilient products. Z a 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been Z H corrected. I— O Z1- W 3.02 PREPARATION v a O N aF- A. Prepare substrate according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure w adhesion of resilient products. i— F- B. Concrete substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. Iii z U= O ~ 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and 01/18/02 Z hardeners. 2. Alkalinity and adhesion testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. E. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 09651- 3 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 F. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline slats, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.03 TILE INSTALLATION A. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principle walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half tile at perimeter. 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. B. Match tiles for colors and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped or deformed tiles. C. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds and nosings. D. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets and similar openings. E. Maintain reference markers, holes and openings that are in place or marked fro future cutting by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other non - permanent, non - staining marking device. F. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a complete installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during 09651- 4 *iMV.rn .. .... ,...+ w. n. crs>. u.+ atiGrN:+' t<:' 4+A %r3`.1 , NKf/N+►'F King County Bid No. AISIMIIIMCMAW !N'w: Yri h7�Y= y:hi+t:rAf� Z w 6 _1 0 O 0 cn O co LU J L w0 L a 1 I— w z � I— 0 Z ~ U D O — O I— wW u' O u1 Z O - 0 I Z • 01/18/02 remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Apply protective floor polish to horizontal surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes if recommended in writing y manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. ` W 2. Cover products installed on horizontal surfaces with undyed, untreated building -J 0 paper until Substantial Completion. p 3. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces. Place hardboard or N LU plywood pane;s over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. . O END OF SECTION g a I-_ _H- E-0 Z I W uj U �> O N 0 H W W '. S O ui Z. U N I ; Z 09651-5 King County Bid No. aM! MAs+' JRN�C:!C.C'VI:Jf�'Y�kIIMW554(10* • PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • it This section includes the following: QQ = - oo 1. Wall base. 0 W J 1.02 SUBMITTALS LLO •w A. Product data: For each type of product indicated. 2 B. Samples for verification: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard j size samples but not less than 12 inches long, of each resilient product color, texture a and pattern required. I w z = 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING o E-- Z W A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and 2 containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, U and shipping and handling instructions. 0 N B. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before = W installation, unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by I— H manufacturer. u. 0 Z C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been U completed. o D. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with Z protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall base: Deliver 10 linear feet of same product to owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and patterns: 1. Wall base: Match existing. 2.02 RESILIENT WALL BASE A. Wall base: ASTM F 1861. B. Style: Cove with top set toe (match existing). 01 /18 /02 SECTION 09653 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 1. Manufacturer as approved by King County Project Representative. 2. Match existing. 09653 -1 King County Bid No. 1 01/18/02 C. Minimum thickness: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm); height: 4 inches (match existing). D. Outside corners: Pre - molded. E. Inside corners: Job formed. F. Surface: Smooth. G. Asbestos free composition. 2.03 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. 1. Odor -free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3.03 RESILIENT WALL BASE INSTALLATION A. Apply wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. B. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams ad with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. C. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout the length of the piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrate. D. Do not stretch wall base during installation. 09653-2 King County Bid No. rala40Mraw .. A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product 01/18/02 E. On masonry or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. F. Pre - molded corners: Install pre - molded corners before installing straight pieces. G. Job formed corners: 1. Inside corners: Use straight piece of maximum lengths possible. Form by cutting an inverted V- shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce a snug fit to substrate. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfacaes. 2. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placements of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09653 - 3 King County Bid No. .wvrpnr + er +.r. ».., +an wraBAf +'P`?7?aq4vfu`- ,i Z � z c w O 0 c o J f- � wO g a . I H = Z F.. F- O Z f- w • w U � O N CI H- w w. LL~ -O w O Z PARTI - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: SECTION 09680 CARPET 1. Carpet. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: For each product indicated. B. Shop drawing: Include the following: 1. Existing floor material to be removed. 2. Existing floor material to remain. . 3. Transition and other accessory strips. 4. Transition details to other flooring materials. C. Samples: For each carpet, exposed accessory and for each color required. 1. Carpet: 12 -inch square sample. 2. Exposed edge stripping and accessory: 12 -inch long samples. 3. Carpet seam: 6 -inch sample. D. Product schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. E. Maintenance data: 01/18/02 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain- removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications: Carpet shall be installed by a qualified installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate• compliance with its certification program requirements. B. Mockups: Install mockups to verify selections made under sample Submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 09680 -1 King County Bid No. '.*.'. +a. ......... . . . _....., ......,...ro.n....r: w+verw«wnwM. 4e�A5LW) .rn:a. . LL';Yt:3MW':F�GC A.lt `V 1kµ4 - 01/18/02 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling". , -- z 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS = H , z A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperatures and re w Humidity". 6 U B. Environmental conditions: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is v p complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are com p y N p N w maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. -J H C. Where partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, . 0 install carpet tile before installing these items. 2 u- < 1.06 WARRANTY = a F-_ A. Carpet warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to z H replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within 10 years F - O from the date of Substantial Completion. Warranty does not include deterioration w F' or failure of carpet from unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. 2 D Failure includes, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, U CI edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. O N W - 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS H U . w H A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with iii z protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 0 N 0 F. 1. Carpet tiles: One box. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. "Headlines" series carpet, by Patcraft. 2. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. 2.02 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable leveling and patching compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic cement - based formulation provided by or recommended by the carpet manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water- resistant, mildew- resistant, non - staining type to suit products and sub -floor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpets and that is recommended by the carpet manufacturer. 09680 - 2 King County Bid No. z C. Seaming cement: Holt -melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by the carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. D. Metal edge strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of.width per manufacturer's standard, of height required to protect exposed edge of caret, and of maximum lengths to minimize running joi0nts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements specified. B. Concrete sub - floors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: 1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other material that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by the carpet manufacturer. 2. Sub -floor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section, "Cast -in -place concrete" for slabs receiving carpet. 3. Sub -floors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale and foreign deposits. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation ", and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet installation. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes and depressions in substrates. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by the carpet manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Direct glue -down installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue -Down Installation ". B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written instruction for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position. C. Do not bridge expansion joints with carpet. 01/18/02 09680 - 3 King County Bid No. . • nMre'if.kr0" . '` V " ir...+ r .b!'!4AYn.•.W��C,�745Y C• %.:.::. •� :•i `iii;itil rti4'�S3%YYyts�'a!Ara <:rv•.n.. 01/18/02 D. Cut and but tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -n furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings and thresholds. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by the carpet manufacturer. E. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open. ottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. -2- Z F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for w ce future cutting by repeating on fun' sh flooring as marked on sub -floor. Use 6 D nonpermanent, non - staining marking device. U O G. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. w w J I-' 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION co u_ wO A. Perform the following operation immediately after installing carpet: 2 u- Q 1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using v> cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. s w 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. Z H 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. F- O z I— B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor g D Lu Installations". v o O N , C. Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of 0 H equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use i v protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer. u. W Z N END OF SECTION H H O z 09680 - 4 King County Bid No. 1. 01/18/02 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, Bidding and Contract Requirements of the Contract, including the General Provision apply to this Section. Other Division 1 Sections also apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of finishing as scheduled and specified. All work receives finish except as otherwise noted. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. C. Do not paint pre - finished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. B. "Manual" reference in this section refers to the "Architectural Specification Manual -- Painting, Wallcovering and Gypsum Wallboard Finishing" (ASM), latest edition, published by Specification Services, 23830 Pacific Highway South, Suite 102, Kent, Washington 98003, telephone (206) 878 -6630. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each paint system specified, include primers. 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. State gloss texture available for each type of paint. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets: Provide MSDS sheets for each chemical compound brought to job site. Contractor shall keep a separate file of all MSDS sheets of all chemicals used on the project. Contractor shall also become familiar with application and safety requirements. B. Samples: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. 1. Provide a color wheel of manufacturers full line of colors available. If colors are indicated on the drawings then identify manufacturers matching color or provide a matching "drop" of color on a white cardboard sheet. 09900 -1 King County Bid No. z ~ w 6 O 0 co 0 co w J i — w0 2 u. ? � z � I— O Z ~ O • P— a F- w W u- .. O I z 2. After colors have been selected and provide four (4) "drops" of color on white card of each color of the gloss selected for the Architect's approval. Architect reserves the right to withhold approval when field applied roller (i.e. stipple) or spray applied application processes are specified. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name, label, and contents clearly marked my the same paint system numbers used for the submittal process. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Follow paint manufacturer's recommendations "for best results ", including moisture and humidity as well as temperature limitations. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide one (1), 1 -gallon can of all colors/types used on project. Clearly label each can (including location on project of where it is used) and dab color on lid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in the paint schedules from a manufacturer stated below: 01/18/02 1. Aspen Paints. 2. Benjamin Moore & Co. 3. Cloverdale Paint Corporation. 4. Columbia Paint & Coating. 5. Cowman - Campbell Paint Co. 6. Daniel Boone Paints. 7. Farwest Paint / Jarvie Paint. 8. ICl/Fuller O'Brien. 9. Kelly -Moore / Preservative Paint Co. 10. Miller Paint Company. 11. Parker Paint. 12. Pittsburgh Paints / Olympic Stains. anv MxFf*!Gd 09900 - 2 King County Bid No. • , 01/18/02 13. Rodda Paint. 14. The Sherwin - Williams Co. 15. Tnemec Company Inc. 16. Others as approved by King County Project Representative. 2.02 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and Meld experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best (or professional) - quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint- material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Unless otherwise indicated, furnish scheduled products in accordance with Chapters 5,6,7 and 11 of referenced Manual, including paint, varnish, stain, enamel, lacquer, fillers, and related products for prime, intermediate, and finish coats. 1. Materials not specifically indicated, but required, such as linseed oil, shellac, thinners, and the like, are to be quality not less than that required by applicable Federal and State Specifications Standards. 2. All materials shall be lead -free. D. All work shall be "Premium Grade" except as otherwise indicated. E. Colors as scheduled on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. 1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. 1. Notify the King County Project Representative about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. 09900 - 3 King County Bid No. 7,400.^11111 C. Conduct substrate - moisture content tests using an approved electronic moisture meter. Assure substrate moisture does not exceed industry standards or the manufacturer's recommended minimum moisture content. 3.02 PREPARATION 01/18/02 A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re- prime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral- fiber - reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. a. Use abrasive blast - cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture is present. 3. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical or chemical methods as recommended as best practice by primer manufacturer. 4. Other surfaces: Clean and prepare as recommended by the paint system manufacturer and the surface preparations required by the Manual. D. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's } written instructions. 09900 - 4 King County Bid No. )'.'Y1 if ".....> z ~ w 6 2 V O 0 N D J = F- WO � Q = • a 1-W z I- O w ~ O • N O E- WW UO uI z U = O h.. z 3.03 APPLICATION 01/18/02 A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, non - specular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 7. Paint backsides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not re -coat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. Results shall be free of visible brush marks. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. 09900 - 5 King County Bid No. • ... ^Y A'r.K�c+eShiS.�l�•f Z ~ w tY 2 6 U 0 w= H 07 w w0 u_Q co a _ z � F- 0 Z ~ O o w �0 u. O w Z 0 Z 1 01/18/02 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items in occupied spaces and color codes as specified in Division 15. F. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Re -coat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. G. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The King County Project Representative reserves the right to invoke special inspections and test procedures at any time and as often as the King County Project Representative deems necessary during the period when paint is being applied. 1. 3.05 CLEANING 1. 3.06 PROTECTION The King County Project Representative may inform the Contractor that the work does not meet specifications and the Owner has the right to withhold all funds associated with the surfaces in question if test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements. The Contractor shall immediately remove non - complying paint from the site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces previously coated with the rejected paint. If necessary, the Contractor may be required to remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with specified paint, the 2 coatings are incompatible. A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. After completing painting, clean glass and paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by QCM. 09900 - 6 King County Bid No. z w � r y w i O 0 v7 0 J H N w0 2 gQ cn = a I- al Z = I- 0 Z ~ 0 - 0 I-- w 0 0 . u' z 0 O z 1 • • B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. 1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.07 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Provide the following finish systems as defined in Chapter 6 of the Manual, Premium Grade, unless otherwise noted. 01/18/02 1. Wood Veneer and Trim: a. Interior 1 -A, Solvent Based Finish. b. Interior 1 -B, Waterborne. c. Interior 1 -L, Waterborne Natural Finish. 2. Gypsum Board: a. Interior 3 -A, Painted Finish, Solvent Base. b. Interior 3 -B, Painted Finish, Waterborne. c. Interior 3 -F, Solvent Base Enamel Finish, Moisture Resistant. 3. Concrete Masonry Units: a. Interior 6 -A, Painted Finish, Solvent Base. b. Interior 6 -B, Painted Finish, Waterborne. 4. Galvanized (Zinc- Coated) Metal: a. Interior 12 -A, Solvent Based Painted Finish. END OF SECTION 09900 - 7 King County Bid No. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK SECTION 15000 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provide labor, materials, and equipment and perform all work in connection with the mechanical work for complete systems ready to operate in strict accordance with these specifications and drawings. B. All communication between the Contractor and the Design Consultant shall be through the King County Project Representative. C. All products and the entire installation shall meet or exceed all code and agency requirements having jurisdictional authority over mechanical installation. Conform to the following codes and standards: 1. 1997 Uniform Building Code with local amendments. 2. 1997 Uniform Building Code Standards with local amendments. 3. 1997 Uniform Mechanical Code with local amendments. 4. 1997 Uniform Fire Code with local amendments. 5. 1997 Uniform Plumbing Code with local Amendments. 6. 1997 National Electric Code (NFPA 70) with local amendment. 7. Seattle/King County Department of Health Regulations. 8. Seattle Energy Code 1994. 9. City of Tukwila Fire Marshal. 10. Washington State Energy Code and Indoor Air Quality Code with local amendments 11. King County Metro Standards 12. City of Tukwila codes, standards and amendments. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Verify dimension at the site and coordinate with other trades as necessary to ensure that all systems will be complete and operable, to verify fit, to comply with all applicable Codes, and to preclude interferences before the installation is made. Coordinate progress of all work to conform to progress of work of other trades. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Contractor will pay all costs resulting from defective or out -of- sequence work. B. Coordinate the locations of all penetrations and sleeves through walls. Pay the cost of core drilling for these penetrations. C. Coordinate cutting, patching and excavation of concrete slab in workroom 115 with the King County Project Representative. 1.03 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Install equipment and systems to allow for adequate maintenance and installation clearances and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and all 01/18/02 15000 -1 King County Bid No. ww «.... .. . »,........e.r4.4nu.'+is.+a ;• ,•n k +'h '.•••. ••M''•nlNf� ... ..... ....... �. • .. a ......,....,.. ■+ i'. • :,, , :N:+.1 ' ",k!r'M.u,f„ <i ?Nri. HJ /<i.:l k .l:an'•*r•.., z w ' tr � JU O 0 co o CO ILI J = I- S2 w W O u_ I • a I- Z F. I- O z I— w U � O -. O E- L ww O ▪ z UN O z • 01/18/02 applicable Codes and listings. Bring conflicts between such recommendations and drawings to the immediate attention of the King County Project Representative before the installation is made. B. Provide all supports, hangers, anchors, seismic restraints, etc. required for mounting of mechanical equipment and systems and as described in these specifications. Mechanical equipment and materials shall not be suspended or supported from pipe, electrical conduit, ceiling systems, or any non - structural member. 1.04 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, AND HOISTING A. Furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services necessary for erection and delivery of any equipment item to be furnished. Remove the same from the premises when it is no longer required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CATALOG DATA AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Furnish catalog data and shop drawings in accordance with Section 1300 and these Specifications. Before commencing work and within 30 days after award of Contract furnish five bound copies of complete submittal data on equipment and fixtures. Submittal data shall be bound in three ring binders and submitted to the King County Project Representative for approval and shall show all pertinent dimensional and rating data. Submittals shall be complete, and shall include all work in Division 15. Piecemeal submittals will not be accepted for review. 2.02 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Furnish operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with these Specifications. Furnish six bound copies to include the following: 1. Manufacturers, suppliers, contractor, and mechanical subcontractors' names, addresses, and phone numbers. 2. Warranty service contractors' names, addresses, and phone numbers (if different from above). 3. Schedule and description of routine maintenance for each component to include oiling, lubrication, and greasing data and belt sizes, types, and lengths. 4. Balancing log and test data. 5. Manufacturers' cut sheets and rating tables, including brochures for all submittal items. 6. Part numbers of all replaceable items. 7. Control diagrams and operation sequence. 8. Written guarantees. 9. Record drawings corrected and completed. 2.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and methods called for shall be considered as minimum, indicative of quality required to satisfy intent of Plans and Specifications. Materials required shall be new, standard, full weight, identical to apparatus or equipment in successful operation for a minimum of two years. Supply materials of similar type by same 15000 -2 King County Bid No. !.t z I I- ~ w O 0 C o CO u.I J = H • u_ wO u.Q = • d Z � F— O Z I— w w U � O P— C) F.- wW LLO ..z z 01/18/02 manufacturer. Materials omitted here but necessary to complete the work shall be of comparable quality. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING, FITTING, REPAIRING, AND PATCHING A. Arrange and pay for all cutting, fitting, repairing, patching and finishing of work by other trades where it is necessary to disturb such work to permit installation of mechanical work. Perform work only with craftsmen skilled in their respective trades. 3.02 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing and balancing of mechanical systems shall be performed as described in following sections and as required by the various codes and ordinances. 3.03 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. In addition to requirements of Division 1, following initial operation of mechanical systems and prior to acceptance by the King County Project Representative, perform the following services: 1. At least two weeks prior to each instruction period, give written notification of readiness to proceed to the King County Project Representative, and obtain mutually acceptable dates. 2. Include preliminary discussion, information from maintenance manual and contract drawings; conduct tours of the new construction, explaining maintenance, operation and adjustment of equipment and controls. 3. Minimum duration of instruction periods: HVAC Systems 2 hours. 3.04 SALVAGE A. Remove excess piping and sheet metal work. Remove scrap pipe and sheet metal and all other excess materials from the site. 3.05 WARRANTY A. All work, material and equipment shall be free of defect, complete and in new operating order at time of delivery to Owner. B. Without cost to Owner, correct all defects and failures within warranty period, in accordance with Section 1740 and Section 00700. 3.06 FINAL APPROVAL A Final acceptance is contingent upon completion of the following in accordance with these specifications: 1. Final acceptance of King County Project Representative. 2. Operation and maintenance manuals submitted. 3. Operation instruction given to owner's representative. 4. Permit submittals. 5. Record drawings submitted. 15000 -3 ,n, ovr�.a.waurJa�.a King County Bid No. tAH"nNn'.W.,w, +. NOTICE: IF THE DOCUMENT IN THIS FRAME IS LESS CLEAR THAN THIS NOTICE IT IS DUE TO THE QUALITY OF THE DOCUMENT. 7 P 1 -3 ecf C eg- 533 ua P . Al IQ a � C 1:1 P- 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to Specification Sections 15000, General Provisions, the modifications thereto and Division 1- General Requirements for all work in this section. B. Provide necessary labor, materials, equipment, accessories, and services required for the complete installation of plumbing and compressed air piping systems in accordance with these drawings and specifications. 1.02 DOCUMENTATION SECTION 15400 Plumbing fixture Trench -Drain and cleanout Plumbing system specialties PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. Submit vendor's submittal data in accordance with Section 15000 of these specifications to the King County Project Representative on the following items for approval: B. Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 15000 of these specifications to the King County Project Representative on the following items for approval: PART 2 PRODUCTS Plumbing fixtures Plumbing system specialties 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Sink shall be 18 gauge type 302 stainless steel unless indicated otherwise. Manufacturers and products as shown on the plumbing fixture schedule, or comparable products as follows: 2.02 DRAINS 1. Elkay or Just plumbing fixtures. A. Provide trench - drain, accessories and specialties indicated in these specifications and drawings. Model numbers listed are Smith. Comparable models by Wade, Josam or Zurn will be acceptable. B. Outlets shall be either caulked or no -hub as required by the piping used. Provide suitable clamping devices on drains and cleanouts in the floors with water - proofing membranes. 15400 -1 King County Bid No. z ~ w 6 J O O 0 O CO LU J H .W O 2 g Q CO I I. w Z = I— O Z 2 U � 0 Y O I-- W W I— F u- L z O = O Z 01/18/02 C. Vent through roof (VTR) cap: Smith fig. 1748, cast iron body with vandal proof screws. 2.03 PIPING A. Waste and vent below grade: Service weight no -hub cast iron pipe and fittings with Z approved double clamped, stainless steel clamps. , H z w B. Waste and vent above: Service weight no -hub pipe and fittings with standard no -hub et coupling. U 0 C. Water piping: Hard drawn type L copper pipe with wrot copper fittings and 95 -5 0 w soldered points. -J H CO LL, D. Compressed Air: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe and fittings. W 0 E. Insulate all cold water, hot water supply and return piping with1" thick preformed g Q glass fiber, 4# density, Certainteed snap -on pipe insulation with all service jacket and W D vapor barrier. H w Z 2.04 PLUMBING SYSTEM SPECIALTIES 1.- H0 Z I- A. Trap primer: Precision Plumbing Products Model P -2, brass body with "O" ring seals w and adjustable set screw. Connect primer valve to % -inch water line at sink. Provide v 0 12"x12" access panel and % -inch water line between primer valve and adapter at trench 0 N drain. O F' wW B. Vent flashing: Four pound per square foot sheet lead. F' r- u- O C. P -traps installed below floor: Deep -seal cast -iron P -trap. ut Z 0 = PART 3 EXECUTION 0 1 3.01 GENERAL A. Furnish all traps, valves, tailpieces and other trim for plumbing fixtures. B. Provide shut -off valves on all water lines at each individual fixture supply. Use ball valves for shut -off throughout. Do not use gate valves. C. Locate fixtures in accord with the architectural drawings. Align fixture in accord with architectural drawings. D. Install all vents without traps or dips so they pass through the roof with new roof flashing and counterflashing. E. Provide cleanouts every fifty feet and install at all locations required by code and to permit cleaning of all waste piping. Provide cleanouts full size of pipe, but no larger than 4 ". Coordinate with Architect when cleanouts are located in finished rooms so cleanouts are concealed, and access covers match floor finish where possible. Install cleanout threads with graphite. 15400 -2 King County Bid No. z • 01/18/02 3.02 TESTS AND CLEANING A. King County Project Representative to be notified in advance of all testing, in accordance with Section 01660. B. Hydrostatically test the water piping system at 100 -psi for eight hours before insulating or enclosing. C. Clean pipe prior to testing by thoroughly flushing with water until all dirt and foreign materials have been removed. Maintain flushing operations for not less than one hour and until piping is clean. Use at least 80 -psi flushing pressure. D. Sterilize pipe with liquid chlorine or hypochlorite before acceptance. Apply amount of chlorine such as to provide a dosage of not less than 50 parts per million. After a contact period of not less than eight (8) hours, flush system with clean water until residual chlorine content is greater than 0 2 parts per million. Open all valves in line being sterilized and close several times during contact period. E. The ends of the drainage piping system shall be plugged and the system filled with a 10 -foot head of water. Water shall stand until the inspection is made and the water level remains constant. F. Correct the defects disclosed by the above tests. G. All fixtures and equipment shall be given an in- service test after completion of the installation. H. Furnish a written guarantee that plumbing work is free from defects of materials and workmanship and, for a period of one year from the beginning of the warranty period, as defined in Section 01740, repair and replace all work which becomes defective, at no expense to the Owner. 3.03 GUARANTEE A. Final acceptance of the mechanical work shall be done by King County in accordance with the General Conditions. The beginning of the warranty is defined by Sections 01740 and 00700. Should any equipment, fixture, or material fail within this period, this Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by the failure and shall repair or replace the defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION • 01 IS 15400 -3 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL SECTION 15500 FIRE PROTECTION A. Design, fabricate, install, test and secure all necessary written stamped approvals for a "Bidder Design ", renovated automatic fire protection sprinkler system acceptable to the governing Fire Marshal, and in accordance with the standards set forth in this section. Provide and install a complete fire protection system including connection to existing branch piping. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required by local authorities. B. In addition to conforming to all pertinent Codes and regulations, conform to the requirements of NFPA -13 and UBC Standard 38 -1. C. Prior to bidding, visit the site to verify existing conditions and locations of sprinkler heads and piping vs. new room layouts and ceiling grids. Modify or provide new heads and piping as required to provide complete sprinkler coverage. 1.02 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Provide all requirements and design data information as requested and required in NFPA 13. Fire protection contractor shall be licensed and regularly engaged in the design and installation of automatic sprinkler equipment as listed by UL or other nationally recognized testing laboratories. The Contractor shall have been engaged in work of this section for a period of at least four years and have installed at least ten such systems. B. Coordinate sprinkler system installation with structure, ductwork, lighting, and conduit to preclude interferences. 1.03 RECORD DRAWINGS A. During progress of the work of this Section, Maintain an accurate record of all changes made in the design of the fire sprinkler system. Upon completion of the installation, and as a condition of its acceptance, accurately transfer all said information to original approved Shop Drawings and submit two sets of mylar sepias and two sets of blueline prints of these Records Drawings. Insert one set of prints into each copy of the manual described below. 1.04 SUPERVISION A. Maintain a supervisor on the job while all sprinkler system is being installed. The supervisor's responsibility shall be to attend coordination meetings and to interface this work with all other trades. 15500 -1 King County Bid No. nrn, +m+.,�•r4rf k: N 4 ^7d?PiWi'+4AYA%+"•� 01/18/02 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials and devices installed and/or furnished under this Section shall be new and shall be U.L. listed and approved and/or FM listed and approved. All materials shall be the latest design of the manufacturer. All materials shall meet the requirements of the local authorities. 2.02 SPRINKLER HEADS A. Match existing recessed fire sprinkler heads. 2.03 PIPING A. Wet Systems: Above grade 2" and smaller, use Schedule 40 standard black steel pipe, ASTM A -53, with 150 -1b. cast iron screwed fittings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Furnish all design, engineering, labor, equipment, appliances, materials, and perform all operations in connection with the installation of the Fire Suppression System which includes fire sprinkler supply, and sprinkler systems as required for a complete and operable system meeting all required approvals. 3.02 GUARANTEE A. Final acceptance of the fire protection system shall be done by King County in accordance with the General Conditions. The beginning of the period of the warranty is defined by Sections 01740 and 00700. Should any piping, heads, or material fail within this period, this Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by the failure and shall repair or replace the defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 15500 -2 King County Bid No. . * "f ^ �,. +;,w��. ,, ,...,,,.,.«; x0717 ,,a070%r1CaMW(tr a11 .. 01/18/02 SECTION 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 GENERAL Z 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS H W IX 2 A. Provide labor and materials necessary to complete the heating, ventilating, and air 6 U conditioning systems in accordance with these specifications and drawings. All work 0 0 is to be done in accordance with all applicable codes and good installation practice. co ui J H 1.02 DOCUMENTATION N w 0 A. Provide submittal data in accordance with Section 15000 of these specifications to the Architect on the following items for approval: g Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump Registers, diffusers, insulation and flexible ductwork. = d Air balancing Contractor t— Z� PART 2 PRODUCTS z O 2.01 HEAT PUMPS A. Manufacturers: • w U O N O I— wW 1. Provide heat pumps as manufactured by Trane, Carrier, or York. I U 2. Project is based on the specified equipment. Any additional costs associated �!- 0 with using alternate manufacturer's equipment shall be borne by the jlj Z Contractor. B. Construction: 1. General: Construct unit as specified herein. The unit shall be horizontal airflow, and shall be factory assembled, piped, internally wired and fully charged with R -22. Unit shall be UL listed and carry a UL label. Unit shall be factory run tested to check cooling operation, fan and blower rotation and control sequence. Unit shall be designed to operate at ambient temperatures between 115° and 55° F in cooling as manufactured. Cooling performance shall be rated in accordance with ARI standards. 2. Base: Provide integral structural steel base, Type B -1, with seismic attachment. 3. Casing: All components shall be mounted in a weather resistant steel cabinet with an enamel finish. Access panels shall be provided for unit controls and indoor coil and fans. Indoor air section compartment shall be completely insulated with fireproof, permanent, odorless glass fiber material. Knockouts shall be provided for utility and control connections. Drain connections shall be provided to accommodate indoor water runoff. 4. Compressor: The compressor shall be hermetically sealed high efficiency type. Internal Overcurrent and over temperature protection, internal pressure relief shall be standard. Crankcase heaters shall be standard on all models. 15800 -1 King County Bid No. 0 z A. General: :! 01/18/02 C. 5. Refrigeration System: Unit shall have capillary tube refrigerant control in cooling and TXV in heating. Service pressure tap ports, and a refrigerant line filter dryer shall be standard. 6. Indoor and Outdoor Coils: Coils shall be internally finned or smooth bore copper tubes mechanically bonded to configured aluminum plate fin as Z standard. Evaporator coil leak and pressure tested to 200 psig; condenser < coil tested to 450 psig. .H Z 7. Indoor Fan: The indoor fan shall be a forward curved, centrifugal -type fan re 2 with a multiple- speed, direct -drive motor. Motor shall be permanently 6 U lubricated and shall have built -in overload protection. 0 O 8. Outdoor Fan: Direct - drive, statically and dynamically balanced propeller fan 0 to U.1 shall be used in a draw- through vertical discharge configuration. u H Permanently lubricated weatherproof motor shall have built -in thermal to overload protection. W O 9. System Controls: System controls include condenser fan, evaporator fan and 2 compressor contactors. g 10. Roof Curb: The roof curb shall be made of steel as detailed on the drawings. I'- The roof curb shall be designed to mate with the unit and provide support = a and complete weather -tight installation when properly installed. F— _ 11. Economizer: The economizer shall be composed of 0 -100% fresh air damper, ? }— damper drive motor, outside air dry bulb temperature control sensor, and low Z O voltage polarized plug for electrical connections. Economizer operations shall W be controlled by the preset position of the outside air dry bulb temperature D 0 control sensor. A barometric relief damper shall be standard with the UO w economizer and provide a pressure operated damper that shall be gravity 0 I-- closing and prohibit entrance of outside air on equipment "off' cycle. ui W 12. Anti -Short Cycle Timer: Heat pump shall include a timer to ensure a H rt_ minimum of five minutes off between compressor cycles. 9-- O .Z W HI- 1. Provide factory wired unit for single point power connections to electrical Z service for fan, supplementary heater, and compressor. 2. Wire unit according to NEC, U/L and ETL list the entire unit. All major electrical components shall be UL listed. Enclose all power wiring in liquid tight conduit. 3. Provide fused disconnect, fan motor starters/protectors, contactors, control transformer, control circuit fusing, service switch and terminal block. 4. Provide NEMA 3R or NEMA 4 enclosure for all electrical equipment. 5. Factory test wiring and controls before shipment. Electrical: 2.02 METAL DUCTWORK 1. Standards: Comply with most stringent requirements and recommendations of Uniform Mechanical Code or SMACNA Duct Construction Standards for fabrication, construction and sealant of duct, fittings, and accessories. 2. Material: Galvanized sheet steel, ASTM A527, with G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A 525. 15800 -2 King County Bid No. Z 1. Main supply and return: Galvanized steel, gages per SMACNA for pressures , z I j- z up to 2.0" WG positive, 2.0" WG negative, taped and sealed with medium Ill r4 n pressure duct sealant. 6 5 JU 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK U p to to w A. Flexible ductwork shall consist of insulated assembly with polyester film inner liner, tu H I- Ruskin MD35 for ducts over 12" high. H U PART 3 EXECUTION u_ O ,. UiZ 3.01 • GENERAL H = O H A. Install all equipment with mounting methods and clearances in accordance with the Z manufacturer's recommendations. Provide seismic bracing to structure, consisting of 4 -each aircraft cables attached to each corner of PAC -1 and structure. • 01/18/02 3. Insulate supply return and transfer air ducts with 1" thick asbestos free Manville Linacoustic mat, interior duct liner faced with U/L listed waterproof adhesive and sealant with galvanized steel welded pins. B. Application: B. Install equipment with associated ductwork to permit access to doors and panels as required for servicing and other periodic maintenance. 3.02 DUCTWORK A. General: 1. All ductwork other than flex duct shall be galvanized sheet metal and shall be constructed, supported, and installed in accordance with SMACNA standards. 2. All 90- degree supply elbows over 12" wide shall be provided with turning vanes. All transitions and offsets shall have a maximum 15- degree offset angle. 3. Where ducts pass through partitions, ceilings, or floors, provide 1" clearance and insulate from the structure with insulation material. 3.03 GRILLES, REGISTERS, DIFFUSERS, AND DAMPERS 15800 -3 King County Bid No. . .:.oa r �iurr» zn. vxk e�+ eh, f�fi+( �b ka ?`R� 1 01/18/02 A. Exact locations of grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be coordinated with light fixtures, sprinkler heads, speaker outlets, etc. to avoid conflict. Refer to the architectural and electrical ceiling plan and coordinate before installation. PART 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 4.01 START AND TEST A. Subject equipment and systems to operational tests sufficient to demonstrate satisfactory function and operating efficiency. 4.02 AIR BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing in accordance with Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB). All work shall be done by a certified NEBB or AABC Independent Balancing Contractor. B. Balancing report shall be composed in accordance with the latest edition of the Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems, as published by the NEBB. C. Submittal: Provide three copies of typed and bound balancing report and submit to the King County Project Representative. Include a copy of the report in the Operations and Maintenance Manual. 4.03 GUARANTEE A. Final acceptance of the mechanical work shall be done by King County in accordance with the General Conditions. The beginning of the period of the warranty is defined by Sections 01740 and 00700. Should any equipment, fixture, or material fail within this period, this Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by the failure and shall repair or replace the defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 15800 -4 King County Bid No. ! 01/18/02 PART • GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Provide necessary labor, materials, equipment, accessories, and services necessary for the complete installation of mechanical control systems in accordance with King County Metro Transit Division Standards. 1.02 SCOPE A. New Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump with auxiliary electric heat shall be interfaced with existing Siemens Control for heating & cooling system. Contact Ted Filips at (425) 895 -3632. 1.03 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide submitted data complete with control diagram, parts list and sequence of operation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSOR SECTION 15950 MECHANICAL CONTROLS A. Features shall contain adjustment, for easy balancing, bi -metal temperature indicator, minimum - maximum and auxiliary flow limit adjustments, live velocity readout terminal two -hour manual override, and tamper proof cover with hidden set point sliders. PART 3 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION (Temperature noted shall be adjustable) A. In the heating mode, Room temperature sensor shall provide signal to the rooftop heat pump. On drop in room air temperature below 70° F, unit heating sequence shall be energized to provide electric heat pump heating. If the room air temperature drops below 68°F in the heating cycle, the supplementary electric heater shall be energized to maintain 70 °F room air temperature. B. In the cooling mode, room temperature sensor shall provide signal to rooftop heat pump. On rise in room air temperature above 75 °F, unit cooling sequence shall be energized to provide electric heat pump cooling to maintain 70 °room air temperature. C. Deadband Control shall be capable of a deadband of at least 5 °F within which the supply of heating and cooling energy to the room is shut off or reduced to a minimum. D. Economizer cycle shall be initiated when outside air dry bulb temperature sensor setpoint of 55 °F is reached. Outside air damper shall open 100% and heating or cooling systems off, with indoor fan running. Room temperature sensor shall maintain room temperature between 68 °F and 72 °F until a rise or lowering of room temperature initiates heating or cooling system to start. Outside air damper to return to preset condition to supply 100CFM outside air. 15950 -1 . .,..",17a1:.•.?A wraNt fiC!.rd tma!r r + k.;." 5• , ,,h King County Bid No. . cc; py..M rrrq!;!+ ltw�a r.,;^ S' W, x.4St2Ykrc^.tlr'+!N }- s:cw!,rw�, z w JU 00 w= w u O 2 gQ co _ F w z = I- O Z I- 2j U ON 0 I-- wW r . O .. z Energy Management & Control System Point Summary Sheet Packaged Rooftop Heat Pump — PAC -1 Description Digital Outputs Digital Inputs Analog Outputs Analog Inputs Non - DDC pt. Remarks Outside/Return Air Damper 1 Economizer Cycle Mixed Air Temperature Sensor 1 Supply Fan Start/Stop 1 1 Compressor 1 Reversing Valve 1 Room Temperature Sensor 1 1 With setpoint adj. & override switch Points Totals: 3 2 1 2 0 Total Points:I 8 w.n..�..- ••�, �5'621tui�e.w.au King County Bid No. ^1r 7,s'!vR§h.4.f� 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL Q �z 1.01 DEFINITIONS ce 2 A. Where the words "furnish ", "provide ", "install" appear in this Division, or a U O manufacturer is indicated with item or product catalog number listed, install and 0 0 furnish the item complete and operating for the purpose or function intended, unless w = noted otherwise. 1.- N u_ O B. All references to power system voltages are RMS per definition in NEC Article 100. 2 1.02 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION L co d = A. Design Requirements: Electrical systems required for this work includes all labor, H w _ materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete installation of electrical ? 1— work shown on Drawings, specified herein or required for a complete operable facility z 0 and not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. Among the L w items required are: U� 1. Branch circuit wiring from the branch circuit panels for lighting, receptacles, 0 H junction boxes, motors, signal systems and other indicated circuit wiring. at W 2. Lighting fixtures, control switches, receptacles, relays, supports, and other H V accessory items. u.. ~O 3. Any items not mentioned in these specifications or not indicated on drawings, ti.l Z but necessary for successful and efficient operation of the work shall be held V N to be implied and shall be furnished and installed as part of the contract at 0 H no additional cost to the Owner. Z 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. The following are covered in other sections of these specifications. Incorporate as necessary with all other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of the work of their trades with what is described in this section. This contractor shall: 1, Where caulking is required in connection with the electrical installation, use only those materials which are U.L. listed. 2. Final connection to equipment furnished by others.. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Materials Substitutions: 1. Submit requests for substitutes to the King County Project Representative in compliance with Contract Document requirements. Concurrently, submit two (2) additional copies directly to the Electrical Engineer. Submit requests for substitutes to the King County Project Representative ten (10) business days prior to bid date. Failure to do so will result in rejection of proposed substitutions. SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL 16010 -1 King County Bid No. a...a+s arri;> 'sx'ra�;r:wJtxi?rGhtus?ia.;et� 01/18/02 B. C. Project Record Documents: 2. Contract Document requirements apply to all equipment submitted for substitution approval. Any deviation or non - compliance shall be indicated by an attached letter explaining a proposed change. Approval of submitted material does not grant deviation from the Contract requirements. Include in Bid Sum additional expense resulting from the Contractor's decision to use substitute materials including all costs by other affected crafts. Z 3. Submit in accordance with Section 01300. ~ W CL Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Submit 5 copies of all submittal documentation. Include physical and v o electrical characteristics; i.e. dimensions, materials, voltage, phase, etc., of all u) W new equipment except basic wiring materials. Include installation wiring Ill _ diagrams for each special system. Assemble each set in standard hardback, 3- u) u_ ring binder(s). Binder fill shall not exceed 50 %; i.e., 1" thickness of paper in uj O 2" binder. Use tabular dividers to organize the materials in the same order 2 as this Specification. Mark each divider according to (sub)section number g Q and name. 0 D 2. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop Drawings and the = w Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after Shop Z Z Drawing Submittals are processed by the King County Project — '— Representative; Design Drawings and Specifications take precedence. z I— 3. Contractor agrees that Shop Drawing Submittals processed by King County 2 Project Representative are not Change Orders. The purpose of Shop D p Drawings is to demonstrate to the King County Project Representative that p the Contractor understands the design concept. 0 1-- 4. Contractor demonstrates understanding of design concept by indicating w W material he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing fabrication and F a. H installation methods. — 0 1. On completion of work, deliver to King County Project Representative one set of accurately marked mylar Sepia Drawings. Show all change and variations from Design Drawings and exact routes of all feeders, service conduits and location of all conduits stubbed out for future continuation with definite dimensions and burial depths. Label each drawing as "Record Drawing" with Electrical Contractors' name and date. 2. Drawings and lettering, neat, clean and legible. 3. Order and pay for required sepias from original tracings provided by King County Project Representative at start of project. 4. During progress of work, maintain an accurate record set of the drawings of the installation on project site at all times, locating.each circuit precisely by dimension. Work set subject to inspection by King County Project Representative. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit the following prior to final acceptance and Contractor's request for final payment for Division 16 work, in conformance with the Project Closeout requirements of the General Provisions: a. Record Drawings. 16010 -2 King County Bid No. ...,,. .. . - ; n r, f t +?r�rYS�V1`.%S +'�uhY!Prft >'+�ti4 z z a. Schematic diagrams, installation wiring diagrams and instructions and Maintenance/ Operation Manuals for all communications, special = w systems, signaling and control systems and equipment. a! b. Complete fixture cuts including lamps furnished for all lighting 6 U fixtures. U 0 c. Shop Drawings and installation, maintenance, operation manuals for co 0 D of 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING UO cn O H wW 1. Do not use or accept scratched, marred or deformed materials. �!- - F- O 2. Do not accept fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes, stored tii Z in or exposed to rain, water, dust, dirt or snow. U O I 01/18/02 A. b. Maintenance and Operation Manuals. c. Job completion form (Last page of this section) 2. Provide three complete sets of Maintenance and Operation Manuals including, but not limited to, the following: Acceptance at site: 1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Cooperation with Other Crafts: 1. Cooperate with other crafts and or contacts as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work in the construction of the building. 2. Prior to the installation and connection of the Division 16 work for equipment furnished by other Divisions, the Owner, or by other contracts, verify the requirements indicated in Division 16 with the requirements and characteristics of the other Divisions, the Owner, and/or other contractors equipment. 3. Obtain wiring or schematic diagrams for confirmation and connections. Deviations to be brought to the attention of the King County Project Representative. 4. Consult the Drawings of all other trades or crafts to avoid conflicts with cabinets, equipment, structural members, etc. In general, the Drawings govern, but conflicts shall be resolved with the King County Project Representative prior to rough in. B. Safety: In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor is solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of 16010 -3 King County Bid No. z 01 /18 /02 C. Install work in phases to accommodate project requirements during the construction period. Coordinate electrical schedule and operations with King County Project Representative. Z 1.07 WARRANTY H w A. General Warranty: Without additional charge, replace any work or material, which 6 v develops defects, except from abuse, within one (1) year from date of substantial 0 0 completion unless otherwise noted. co Ill J H B. Lamps: 0 a. La 1. Lamp warranty is from date of Owner occupancy or acceptance: Thirty (30) 2 days for incandescent, twelve (12) months for fluorescent and HID lamps. Q 2. Provide labor for lamp installation for thirty (30) days after final acceptance. co u. =a C. Ballasts: f- W Z 1. Ballasts covered by a two -year warranty, based upon manufacturer's Code z O dates embossed on ballast cover with installation date. 11J la 2. Warranty includes nominal payment toward normal cost of labor for n p replacement of ballast. 0 cn O ' - 1.08 REFERENCES = w F- H A. ANSI/NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. L- 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS: A. General: Like items from one manufacturer; i.e., fixture types, switches, receptacles, breakers, panels, etc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Provide electrical materials of the type and quality indicated, or prior approved substitute, new, listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories, bearing their label wherever standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by them. Indicated brand names and catalog numbers are used to establish standards of performance and quality. The description of materials listed herein governs in the event that catalog numbers do not correspond to the materials described herein. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Special Features and Incidentals: 1. Include special features, finishes, description or requirements indicated in the Contract Documents for particular items or equipment, but not included by or in the item's listed catalog number. 16010 -4 ri t King County Bid No. w z H =. O I' • z or specified in Division 16, are included in Division 16 work unless ' specifically noted otherwise. 3. Drawings indicate general directions and routes of feeders and service conductor systems. Determine exact route and installation of electrical wiring and equipment with conditions of construction and acceptance of King County Project Representative. 4. Deviations from Drawings required to make the electrical installation conform to the building's construction design and the work of other crafts are part of the Contract work. Obtain King County Project Representative approval prior to executing any deviations from Drawings. 5. Data given herein and shown on Electrical Drawings is as exact as could be secured but its absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. C. Clarification: 1. Prior to submitting a bid, bring to the attention of the King County Project Representative any ambiguous, conflicting or unclear instructions. Such 16010 -5 O .rlM�x , ✓+a: Y!i+a(u4t¢ti1 King County Bid No. Z W 6 J U 00 J I- W w WO 1 < = a W Z = I- O Z I- W n O - I- W W U. O Z 0 - P. O Z items will be clarified by the King County Project Representative in Addendum form. 2. The Drawings govern in matters of quantity, the Specification in matters of quality. In event of conflict on the Drawings or in the Specifications, the greater quantity and the higher quality apply. 3. Should the Electrical Documents indicate a condition conflicting with the Governing Codes and Regulations, refrain from installing that portion of the work until clarified by the King County Project Representative. In cases where regulations are more stringent than the Work Order, the contractor shall provide the materials and methods required by the regulations; in cases where the Work Order documents are more stringent than the applicable regulations, the contractor shall provide the materials and methods required by the Work Order documents. . 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Codes and Permits: 1. Comply with the latest Rules and Regulations of the Codes of the State and local Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Contractor responsible for apprising himself of the pertinent Codes prior to commencing work. 2. Furnish all materials and labor required for compliance with these Rules and Regulations. Items in excess of Code requirements take precedence. 3. Obtain and pay for all required permits, plan check charges and certificates. Deliver Certificates of Acceptance from the Code - Enforcing Authorities to the King County Project Representative. 4. Conform to local utility company regulations. 5. All electrical equipment shall be installed a neat and workmanlike manner. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Conduct tests of equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with requirements specified in Division 16. 2. Provide journeyman electrician with tools, meters, instruments and other test equipment required. Remove and replace trims, covers, fixtures, etc., and test materials, systems, methods and workmanship in the presence of the Owner for final review at completion of the work. 3. In the presence of the King County Project Representative, conduct thorough tests of all Special Systems and Communication Systems. Tests conducted by equipmentisystem authorized manufacturer's representative. 01/18/02 B. Inspection: 3.04 CLEANING 1. Do not close in or cover work prior to review by the King County Project Representative. 2. Contractor responsible for cost of uncovering and making repairs where work has been closed in or covered prior to review by King County Project Representative. This includes trenches and conduits stubbed out from buildings. 16010 -6 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 A. Tools and Materials: B. Dirt, Debris and Dust: 3.05 MOUNTING HEIGHTS A. Leave center of outlet boxes, unless otherwise noted, the following distance above the floor: 1. Control Switches: 48 ", Receptacles: 24" unless otherwise noted B. Other outlets as noted on Drawings, or as specified, detailed or indicated elsewhere. 3.06 INSTRUCTION PERIODS A. After substantial completion of the work and less than 20 days after the 0 & M manuals have been delivered to the King County Project Representative and after all tests and final inspection of the work by the Authority(s) having Jurisdiction; the Contractor shall demonstrate the electrical systems and instruct the Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation and maintenance of the various electrical systems. The Contractor shall arrange scheduled instruction periods with the King County Project Representative. The Contractor's representatives shall be superintendents or foremen knowledgeable in each system and suppliers representatives when so specified. 1. Scheduled instruction periods shall be: a. Power Distribution System 2 HRS b. Control Systems 8 HRS 3.07 FINAL ACCEPTANCE REQUEST A. The Contractor shall submit to the King County Project Representative, a Job Completion Form (form attached in this section) properly filled out prior to the time final acceptance of the electrical work is requested. At this time also submit copies of final inspection certificates and receipts for loose materials turned over to the King County Project Representative. 16010 -7 1. Keep tools and materials in an orderly manner throughout the construction period. 2. Upon completion of the work, remove all supplies, materials, tools, etc., furnished by the Electrical Division. 1. Remove dirt and debris of whatever nature caused by the execution of the work from job site at frequent periods appropriate to the progress of the work, or as directed by the King County Project Representative. 2. Leave the entire electrical system installed under this Contract in clean, dust -free and proper working order. King County Bid No. z w re -JU O 0 • 0 LU • _ H w O • CI u_ � Z = I- Z I— w • w U O O - 0 I— wW I — u- O w z U w 1= _ O H z • PROJECT NAME: PROJECT LOCATION: Z DATE: ~ w oe A. Electrical Inspectors Final Acceptance 6 D Copy of certificate attached. U O N 0 Name Agency Date B. The following systems have been demonstrated to King County Project Representative. -J'--- 1. Power Dist. System N w King Co. Project Rep. Date w O 2. Control Systems King Co. Project Rep. Date u- u) O C. Record Drawings Attached H w Transmitted previously to Z H Date i— O D. 0 & M Manuals Attached w I -- Transmitted previously to ? 0 Date 0 E. Test Reports Attached 0 N Transmitted previously to W w Date = 0 F. The work is complete in accordance with contract documents and authorized changes except 0 Z Iii u) and the King County Project Representative is requested to meet with H 1 . at on O Supervisor of Electrical Work Time Date z 01/18/02 JOB COMPLETION FORM Contractors Rep. Signature Date END OF SECTION 16010 -8 King County Bid No. ■ 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCES A. IEEE 142 (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems. B. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation. C. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide grounding materials conforming to requirements of NEC, IEEE 142, and UL labeled. B. Perform work in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: A. Furnish materials in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction. 2.02 WIRE A. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. B. Bonding Conductor: Copper conductor insulated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Modify existing grounding system to maintain continuity to accommodate renovations where required. B. Extend existing grounding system using materials and methods compatible with existing equipment and in conformance with recognized standards listed in this Section and in this contract package. 3.02 INSTALLATION SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Install in accordance with local authority having jurisdiction and IEEE 142. END OF SECTION 16060 -1 King County Bid No. z w QQ r � J U U 0 U O W= -.I 1- .w O gQ U � I � Z = H O Z 1— ui U D O C O I- wW U.I — U. O .. z U = O 1- z 1 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY w ce JU 00 0 = w J I-. A. Section Includes: 1. Conduit supports. 2. Formed steel channel. 3. Spring steel clips. 4. Sleeves. SECTION 16070 ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS u- . 1.02 REFERENCES 2 g A. NFPA 70 (National Fire Protection Association) - National Electrical Code. N 3 B. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation. Z 1.- 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Z O w ui A. Perform Work in accordance with Authority Having Jurisdiction. p U ON 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS 0 H A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this 0 section with minimum three years documented experience. u- O 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Section 16010 - Delivery, Storage and Handling. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification. C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. Electroline Manufacturing Company 3. O -Z Gedney Co. A. Manufacturers: 2.02 FORMED STEEL CHANNEL 16070 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 1. Allied Tube & Conduit Corp. 2. B -Line Systems 3. Midland Ross Corporation, Electrical Products Division. 4. Unistrut Corp. B. Product Description: Galvanized 12 -gage thick steel with holes 1 -1/2 inches on z Q • center. F- 2.03 SPRING STEEL CLIPS Q W Q J U A. Product Description: Mounting hole and screw closure. U 0 2.04 SLEEVES J i U) u., A. Sleeves for penetration Through Non -fire Rated Beams, Walls, Footings, and w 0 Potentially Wet Floors: Steel pipe or 18 gage thick galvanized steel. 2 Sleeves for penetration Through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and g Q Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals, UL listed. w B. Stuffing Insulation: Glass fiber type, non- combustible. Z = PART 3 EXECUTION z O LU w 3.01 EXAMINATION v p A. Section 16010 - Verification. a t- w w B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. F- � 3.02 PREPARATION w z UN A. Do not drill or cut structural members. ~ I z 3.03 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Concrete Surfaces: Provide self - drilling anchors and expansion anchors. 2. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners. 3. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts. 4. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws. 5. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws. B. Locate and install anchors, fasteners, and supports in accordance with NECA Standard of Installation. C. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC. D. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit. 3.04 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking rubber links. 16070 -2 ,.-..,_ . .. r•, -... - ...m•,- r....,...,v..,,.,nai„ . y: wr- ..v+r.sw a.x« ,!• w+u;.t , .v .•., ,._. King County Bid No. 01/18/02 B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam. C. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. D. Where conduit or raceway penetrates wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with stuffing insulation and caulk . Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. E. Install escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 16010 - Field Quality Control. 3.06 CLEANING A. Section 16010 - Cleaning. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. Repair any damage to original condition. END OF SECTION 16070 -3 King County Bid No. 4• +, ; ,, «bdfir+�vav oitulen� 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16095 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION z 1.01 SUMMARY , _ E-: ~ w A. Section Includes: o: g 1. Removal of existing electrical equipment, wiring, and conduit in areas to be 0 0 remodeled; removal of designated construction; dismantling, cutting and alterations for completion of the Work. W I 2. Disposal of materials. N LL 3. Relocate existing equipment to accommodate construction. w 0 2 1.02 SCHEDULING ga 5 u.Q A. Coordinate all demolition with King County Project Representative before = a commencing work. I— _ z I.- B. Schedule work to coincide with new construction. z O Ill 1. Perform noisy, malodorous or dusty work during hours as directed by King D 0 0 0 - 0 H C. Cease operations immediately when structure appears to be in danger and notify = w King County Project Representative. Do not resume operations until directed. I— � 1.03 COORDINATION j z A. Section 16010 — Sequencing and Scheduling. 1 I = - County Project Representative. B. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent or occupied building areas. C. Coordinate and sequence demolition so as not to cause shutdown of operation of surrounding areas. D. Shut -down Periods: 1. Arrange timing of shut -down periods of in- service panels at least 48 hours in advance with King County Project Representative. -Do not shut down any utility without prior written approval. 2. Keep shut -down period to minimum or use intermittent period as directed by King County Project Representative. 3. Maintain life- safety systems in full operation in occupied facilities. E. Identify salvage items in cooperation with King County Project Representative. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 16095 -1 King County Bid No. ....�....,..�. �.. n�aw. �cnR�t? Xr�. �ti !?'b'4�`1'I.'b'�yt�'dtti+,4•ftic z 01/18/02 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 16010 - Verification. 3.02 PREPARATION B. Verify wiring and equipment indicated to be demolished serve only abandoned facilities. C. Verify termination points for demolished services. A. Erect, and maintain temporary safeguards, including warning signs and lights, barricades or similar measures, for protection of the public, King County employees, Owner, Contractor's employees, and existing improvements to remain. B. Provide temporary egress signage and emergency lighting where required. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and/or existing record documents. Report discrepancies to King County Project Representative before disturbing existing installation. B. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Remove all demolished conduit back to undisturbed box or panel and patch surfaces in finished areas. C. Remove conduit, wire, boxes, and fastening devices to avoid any interference with new installation. D. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal. E. Reconnect equipment being disturbed by renovation work and required for continued service as shown on drawing. If not shown, report discrepancy to King County Project Representative before proceeding. F. Disconnect or shut off service to areas where electrical work is to be removed. Remove electrical fixtures, equipment, and related switches, outlets, conduit and wiring that are not part of final project. G. Install temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. H. Perform work on energized equipment or circuits with experienced and trained personnel. I. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. J. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. 16095 -2 King County Bid No. 3.07 DISPOSAL 01)18/02 K. Remove exposed abandoned grounding and bonding components, fasteners and supports, and electrical identification components, including abandoned components above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut embedded support elements flush with walls and floors. L. Clean and repair any damage or debris caused by execution of this contract to existing equipment, including dusts and smudges to existing painted walls, etc. M. Protect and retain power to existing active equipment remaining. N. Cap abandoned concealed or embedded empty conduit at both ends. 3.04 EXISTING PANELBOARDS A. Ring out circuits in existing panel affected by the Work. Where additional circuits are needed, reuse circuits available for reuse. Install new breakers. B. Tag unused circuit breakers in panelboard as SPARE. C. Where existing circuits are indicated to be reused, use sensing measuring devices to verify circuits feeding Project area or are not in use. D. Remove existing wire no longer in use from panel to equipment. E. Provide new updated directories where more than three circuits have been modified or rewired. 3.05 SALVAGE ITEMS A. Remove and protect items indicated on Drawings to be salvaged and turn over to King County Project Representative. B. Items of salvageable value may be removed as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. Dispose of salvage in approved manner. 3.06 REUSABLE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Carefully remove equipment, materials, or fixtures that are to be reused. B. Disconnect, remove, or relocate existing electrical material and equipment interfering with new installation. A. Dispose of all removed and abandoned material in approved, legal manner. Verify if fluorescent luminaire ballasts contain PCB's and dispose of in approved, legal manner. 3.08 CLEANING A. Section 16010 - Cleaning. B. Remove demolished materials as work progresses. Legally dispose. 16095 -3 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 C. Keep workplace neat. END OF SECTION 16095 -4 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL SECTION 16123 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE z 1.01 SUMMARY 1 z A. Section includes building wire and cable and wiring connectors and connections. Ct ILI 1.02 REFERENCES U O N A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation. H U) u- 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION uj O 2 A. Product Requirements: Provide products as follows: g 5 u_ a C � 1. All conductor shall be stranded for all sizes.. = Cl 2. Conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. I- _ Z1.- B. Wiring Methods: Provide the following wiring methods: z O w W 1. Use only building wire, Type THHN/THWN insulation, in raceway unless n p otherwise shown on drawings. 0 cn O 1- 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS = W - U A. Conductor shall be copper only. u. p .z 1.05 SUBMITTALS U H-I A. Section 16010 - Submittals. Z B. Product Data: Submit for wire. C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and circuits. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS . A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.07 COORDINATION A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling. B. Where wire and cable destination is indicated and routing is not shown, determine routing and lengths required. C. Wire and cable routing indicated is approximate unless dimensioned. PART 2 PRODUCTS 16123 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 2.01 BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1. Diamond Wire & Cable Co. 2. Essex Group Inc. 3. General Cable Co. 4. Rome Cable Corp. 5. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor: Soft Drawn Copper. D. Insulation Rating: 600 volts, 90 degrees C. E. Insulation: NFPA 70; Type THHN/THWN insulation for feeders and branch circuits. F. Jacket: PVC where required. 2.02 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Solderless Pressure Connectors or Compression Connectors. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 16010 - Verification. B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify raceway installation is complete and supported. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. 3.03 EXISTING WORK A. Remove exposed abandoned wire and cable, including abandoned wire and cable above accessible ceiling finishes. Patch surfaces where removed cables pass through building finishes. B. Disconnect abandoned circuits and remove circuit wire and cable. Remove abandoned boxes when wire and cable servicing boxes is abandoned and removed. C. Provide access to existing wiring connections remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or install access panel. D. Extend existing circuits using materials and methods as specified. E. Clean existing wire and cable remaining. Replace damaged wire and cable. 16123 -2 King County Bid No. • { 01/18/02 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Route wire and cable to meet Project conditions. B. Install wire and cable in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." C. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes and panelboards. D. Special Techniques -- Building Wire in Raceway: 1. Pull conductors into raceway at same time. 2. Install building wire 4 AWG and larger with pulling equipment. E. Special Techniques - Wiring Connections: 3.05 WIRE COLOR A. General 1. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. 2. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. 3. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. 4. Install solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 5. Install insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 1. For wire sizes 10 AWG and smaller, install wire colors in accordance with the following: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. 2. For wire sizes 8 AWG and larger, identify wire with colored tape at terminals, splices and boxes. Colors are as follows: a. Black and red for single phase circuits at 120/240 volts. b. Black, red, and blue for circuits at 120/208 volts single or three phase. B. Neutral Conductors: White. When two or more neutrals are located in one conduit, individually identify each with proper circuit number. C. Circuit Conductors: Uniquely color code each phase. D. Ground Conductors: 1. For 6 AWG and smaller: Green. 2. For 4 AWG and larger: Identify with green tape at both ends and visible points including junction boxes. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 16010 - Field Quality Control. END OF SECTION 16123 -3 ...._. ... , King County Bid No. z w re 6 O 0 N U) J 1- .W u. I • O ? 1- I- O W ~ O N O I- W L 0 I ii z U = O z 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 16130 RACEWAY AND BOXES A. Section includes conduit and tubing, surface raceways, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated. B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. C. NECA (National Electrical Contractor's Association) - "Standard of Installation" D. NEMA OS 1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Raceway and boxes located as indicated on Drawings, and at other locations required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Raceway and boxes are shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Provide raceway to complete wiring system. B. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Provide rigid conduit. Provide cast metal outlet, pull, and junction boxes. C. Concealed Dry Locations: Provide electrical metallic tubing. Provide sheet -metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. D. Exposed Dry Locations: Provide rigid steel. Electrical metallic tubing permitted above 10 feet above floor. Provide sheet -metal boxes. Provide flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Provide hinged enclosure for large pull boxes. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4 inch unless otherwise specified. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit for the following: 1. Metal conduit. 2. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Electrical metallic tubing. 16130 -1 King County Bid No. • 01/18/02 PART 2 PRODUCTS 4. Raceway fittings. 5. Conduit bodies. 6. Outlet boxes. 7. Pull and junction boxes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit application conditions and Z limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, I w preparation, and installation of Product. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 0 O N 0 . to A. Section 16010 - Delivery, Storage and Handling. H U) U- B. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. w 0 Provide appropriate covering. 2 �. J C. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight. w D _ 1.07 COORDINATION F _ Z 1- A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling. Z O w w B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected under Section 16150. U p C. Coordinate mounting heights, orientation and locations of outlets mounted above a ; - counters, benches, and backsplashes. w w H H II- O 2.01 METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp.. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submitals. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; aluminum or steel fittings. 2.02 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp.. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 16130 -2 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submitals. • B. Product Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. C. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. Z 2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) 1.- w re A. Manufacturers: U O CI 1. Carlon Electrical Products. N tu 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. - 1_- 3. Thomas & Betts Corp.. to LL . O 4. Walker Systems Inc. 2 5. The Wiremold Co. 6. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submitals. u- < to m . z d B. Product Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. H = ? E.. C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1. F- O . w 2.04 OUTLET BOXES 2 M U� A. Manufacturers: . o 1. Carlon Electrical Products. Z U 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. LI 0 3. Thomas & Betts Corp.. — Z 4. Walker Systems Inc. U N 5. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submitals. O H 4. Z B. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 1. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; furnish 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. C. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in Section 16140. 2.05 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Manufacturers: 1. Carlon Electrical Products. 2. Hubbell Wiring Devices. 3. Thomas & Betts Corp.. 4. Walker Systems Inc. 5. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submitals. B. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 16130 -3 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling, Verification. z B. Verify outlet locations and routing and termination locations of raceway prior to = H rough -in. W w 3.02 EXISTING WORK 6 D 0 A. Remove abandoned raceway, including abandoned raceway above accessible ceiling w w finishes. -J H O u_ B. Remove concealed abandoned raceway to its source. uj 0 C. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets when • a raceway is abandoned and removed. c� d =w D. Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and z = requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. — H i— O z F- E. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods as 2 D uj specified. D o O N F. Clean and repair existing raceway and boxes to remain. 0 H Ill W 3.03 INSTALLATION H • v u- O A. Install raceway and boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." U N F-y B. Ground and bond raceway and boxes in accordance with Section 16060. 0 C Fasten raceway and box supports to structure and finishes in accordance with Section 16070. D. Arrange raceway and boxes to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. 3.04 INSTALLATION - RACEWAY A. Raceway routing is shown in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route to complete wiring system. B. Arrange raceway supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. C. Support raceway using malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. D. Do not support raceway with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports E. Do not attach raceway to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. 16130 -4 King County Bid No. ! 1 01/18/02 F. Construct wireway supports from steel channel specified in Section 16070. G. Route exposed raceway parallel and perpendicular to walls. H. Route raceway installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. I. Maintain clearance between raceway and piping for maintenance purposes. J. Maintain 12 -inch clearance between raceway and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 40 degrees C. K. Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de -burr cut ends. L. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. M. Install no more than equivalent of three 90- degree bends between boxes. Install conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. N. Avoid moisture traps; install junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. O. Install fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where raceway crosses building joints. P. Install suitable pull string or cord in each empty raceway except sleeves and nipples. Q. Install suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. 3.05 INSTALLATION - BOXES A. Install wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as specified in Section 16010 - Mounting Heights. B. Adjust box location up to 10 feet prior to rough -in to accommodate intended purpose at no additional cost to owner. C. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in Section 16140. D. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. E. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. F. Do not install flush mounting box back -to -back in walls; install with minimum 6 inches separation. Install with minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. G. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. 16130 -5 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 H. Install stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. I. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. J. Install adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. K. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires or other piping systems. L. Support boxes independently of conduit. M. Install gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. N. Install gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. 0. Existing concrete or masonry walls: Conduit and boxes for devices located on existing concrete or masonry walls to be surface mounted. Attach as specified in Section 16070. 3.06 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Coordinate location and method with architect. B. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as indicated on Drawings. C. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. C. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION 16130 -6 King County Bid No. z � JU O 0 co w= J F- • LL w } 0 gJ LL < co I � Z = 1- O Z f-. w U � O N o ff w • w: 9- 0 to z U = O E z r i - - „wr.aa;HN.r,Ya*rt.++'w•eMwe.:s. r- t•• r., xr•. ��! zaY' h' �x:??+ NSi +, *1'.�ta•Yt':i'k�4tiu�.uxw,.n z W ' r J O 0 N O CO W I F— w0 LQ I w Z � F— O Z i— W VO O S O H w • w u. 0 . .. w 0 O~ z 01/18/02 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. 2. Eagle Electric. 3. Hubbel Co 4. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy -duty general use receptacle. C. Device Body: Ivory plastic. D. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as indicated on Drawings. E. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5 -15. F. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.03 WALL PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Arrow Hart Wiring Devices. 2. Eagle Electric. 3. Hubbel Co 4. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Decorative Cover Plate: Stainless steel. C. Jumbo Cover Plate: Stainless steel. D. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Stainless steel. 2.04 MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY A. Manufacturers: 1. Mono Systems. 2. T and B. 3. Wiremold Co. 4. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Multi- outlet Assembly: Sheet metal channel with fitted cover, suitable for use as multi - outlet assembly, with divider suitable for power in one channel and data in the other channel. Type 4000. C. Size: 1 3/4 x 4 3/4 inch. D. Receptacles: Furnish covers and accessories to accept convenience receptacles specified in this Section and data outlets furnished by others. E. Receptacle Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. 16140 -2 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 F. Receptacle Color: Ivory. G. Channel Finish: Ivory. H. Fittings: Furnish manufacturer's standard couplings, elbows, outlet and device boxes, and connectors 2.05 CORD REEL A. Manufacturers: 1. Insul -8 part #121140303012 or equal. 2. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product description: Heavy duty, all - steel, retractable cord reel suitable for wall mount in dry location. C. Drum: Adjustable ball stop, adjustable cable guide, cable locking ratchet. D. Cord: Yellow, 300V jacket, oil resistant type SJO or SJOW, 3- conductor, #14 gauge, 30 foot minimum length with 3 -foot minimum lead -in with molded plug. E. Collector Ring and Brush: Rated 15 amp, 250 volt. F. Receptacle Box: Non - conductive construction, duplex 3 -wire, 15 amp, 125 volt. G. UL listed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling; Verification. B. Verify outlet boxes are installed at proper height. C. Verify wall openings are neatly cut and completely covered by wall plates. D. Verify branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean debris from outlet boxes. 3.03 EXISTING WORK A. Disconnect and remove abandoned wiring devices. B. Modify installation to maintain access to existing wiring devices to remain active. C. Clean and repair existing wiring devices to remain. 16140 -3 King County Bid No. 3.05 CORD REEL INSTALLATION 01/18/02 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install devices plumb and level. C. Install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. F. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. A. Mount to wall. Support from structure. B. Provide duplex outlet in wall adjacent to cord reel to accept lead -in plug. 3.06 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Section 16010 - Mounting Heights. B. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 16130 to obtain mounting heights as specified and/or as indicated on drawings. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 16010 - Field Quality Control. B. Inspect each wiring device for defects. C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. D. Verify each receptacle device is energized. E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3.09 CLEANING A. Section 16010 - Cleaning. 16140 -4 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. END OF SECTION 16140 -5 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 SECTION 16150 WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes electrical connections to equipment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 16123 - Building Wire and Cable. 2. Section 16130 - Raceway and Boxes. 1.02 COORDINATION A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling. B. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. C. Determine connection locations and requirements. D. Sequence rough -in of electrical connections to coordinate with installation of equipment. E. Sequence electrical connections to coordinate with start -up of equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Section 16010 - Sequencing and Scheduling. B. Verify equipment is ready for electrical connection, for wiring, and to be energized. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Make electrical connections. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using liquidtight flexible conduit in all locations: dry, damp or wet. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Install suitable strain- relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. 16150 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 E. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. F. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Cooperate with mechanical equipment installers and field service personnel during checkout and starting of equipment to allow testing and balancing and other startup operations. Provide personnel to operate electrical system and checkout wiring connection components and configurations. END OF SECTION 16150 -2 :c'.M4 /MT�m' W AV+M.LwwlMr'C�+K�FT. King County Bid No. PART 1 GENERAL PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: 2.02 SWITCH RATINGS 01/18/02 SECTION 16411 ENCLOSED SWITCHES z 1.01 SUMMARY z A. Section includes nonfusible switches. 6 1.02 REFERENCES v O (.0 A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation. 11.1 � B. NEMA KS 1 (National Electrical Contractors Association).- Enclosed and Lu O Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). J 1.03 SUBMITTALS N = d A. Section 16010 - Submittals. Z = B. Product Data: Submit switch ratings and enclosure dimensions. z w Ili C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches. U 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS c i-- w A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this ~ section with minimum three years documented experience. z w = O I' 2.01 NONFUSIBLE SWITCH ASSEMBLIES 1. Cutler- Hammer 2. Siemens 3. Square -D. 4. Substitutions: Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD (Heavy Duty) with externally operable handle interlocked to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position, enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. C. Enclosure: NEMA KS 1, to meet conditions. Fabricate enclosure from steel finished with manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 1. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2. Exterior Locations: Type 3R. D. Furnish switches with entirely copper current carrying parts. 16411 -1 King County Bid No. z 01/18/02 A. Switch Rating: Current rated for AC as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install enclosed switches plumb. Provide supports in accordance with Section 160 70. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Section 16010 - Field Quality Control. END OF SECTION 16411 -2 King County Bid No. ■ 01/18/02 SECTION 16442 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes branch circuit panelboards. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) - Standard of Installation B. NEMA AB •1(National Electrical Manufacturers Association) - Molded Case Circuit Breakers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Section 16010 - Submittals. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing specified features of standard products. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. To match existing (Square D). B. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt -on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with common trip handle for all poles. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING WORK A. Maintain access to existing panelboard remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. B. Clean and repair existing panelboards to remain or to be reinstalled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. 16442 -1 King County Bid No. 01/18/02 B. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes to balance phase loads. C. Install conduits out of each recessed panelboard to accessible location above ceiling. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during installation of new conduit. Z D. Install circuit breaker in panelboard. '~ w CL 2 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL U) o . A. Section 16010 - Field Quality Control. w = -J 1.... B. Verify proper circuiting by operating breaker. N LL. WO 3.04 ADJUSTING 2 IL a A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in co d panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain s W . proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits. Z H I— O Z I END OF SECTION W u j D p U O - o H W W 2 r O 111 Z U 0 ' I= _ O H 16442 -2 King County Bid No. . _ +rh.av+•ttli* ishv+tk'F,+tFY.o Z 01/18/02 PART 1 GENERAL Z 1.01 SUMMARY 1 ~ 1-- w A. Section includes luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories. CL J U 1.02 REFERENCES 0 0 A. ANSI C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications. LIJ H Nu. B. ANSI C82.4 - Ballasts for High - Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium w O Lamps (Multiple Supply Type). 1.03 SUBMITTALS 0 J 0 a A. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire not t.- H standard product of manufacturer. O zH B. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data. w w D O 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS UO N CI- A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this = w section with minimum three years documented experience. I— u- "; Z 2.01 LUMINAIRES 0I PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Product Description: Complete luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and . accessories as scheduled. 2.02 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. General Electric Co 2. Hubbell Lighting 3. Magnetek Inc 4. Pass & Seymour 5. Philips Electronic North America B. Product Description: Electronic ballast, suitable for lamps specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. Ballast shall be rapid start, high power factor and less than 10% total harmonic distortion. 2.03 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: SECTION 16510 LUMINAIRES 16510 -1 King County Bid No. z 01/18/02 1. General Electric Co 2. Philips Electronics North America 3. Siemens Corp B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide, high power factor ballast, suitable for lamp and environmental conditions specified, with voltage to match luminaire z voltage. , z I- `~ w ce 6 JU A. Manufacturers: U 0 co w 1. Duro -Test Corp -I H 2. General Electric Co co u- 3. Hubbell Inc w O 4. Philips Electronics 5. Siemens Corp g Q ( D B. Lamp shall be T -8 fluorescent with a 20,000 hour lamp life and a minimum color H W rendering index (CRI) of 75. z H F- O w A. Manufacturers: v 0 O e2 C3 I-- w • W H � 11 ..z w B. Lamp shall have a medium base, a minimum lamp life of 10,000 hours, and a O z 2.04 FLUORESCENT LAMPS 2.05 HID LAMPS 1. Duro -Test Corp 2. General Electric Co 3. Philips Electronic North America 4. RCS Industries North America 5. Siemens Corp minimum CRI of 70. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings. B. Install surface mounted luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. C. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. D. Install clips to secure recessed grid- supported luminaires in place. E. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. F. Connect luminaires to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 16130 as indicated on Drawings. G. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. 16510 -2 King County Bid No. .. e« F,+ . unwer. �t!• rfi'. rrla�mxrMOh !!4ea.�Rntt:kveaew+pµs�y,�yy, ._. ,... -.. n _ m, u. ren^ r��,' Jrht* 3M"" SY. �"+`!'' rytS�SR •`,�S�f`J.�;��r�77,'�I�',lr�. � 1 :; 01/18/02 H. Install specified lamps in each luminaire. I. Ground and bond interior luminaires in accordance with Section 16060. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. B. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Re -lamp luminaires having failed lamps at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 16510-3 King County Bid No. sj File: D 02 -0041 35mm Drawing #1 -16 LEGAL DESCRIPTION That portion of the Northeost quarter of section 9, T. 23t4., R. 4E., W.M., and the Northwest quarter and of the Southwest quarter of section 10, T. 23N., R. 4E., W.M., King County, Washington, more particulorly as described os follows: Beginning of the Southeast corner of said Northeast quarter of section 9; Thence N8914'10"W, 224.42 feet along the south line said Northeast quarter to the eosterly margin of primary stote highway no. 1 (ako SR 99); Thence along said eosterly margin Northwesterly 437.32 feet olong the orc of o non — tongent curve to the left, hoving a radius of 1265.90 feel, the rodius point of which bears S88'13'22"W, through o central angle of 19'47'37" to the southerly morgin of primary state highway no. 1 (oko SR 99) and o point of curvature; Thence olong sold southerly margin easterly 313.19 feet along the orc of o non — tangent curve to the left, hoving o radius of 1502.40 feet, the rodius point of which bears N1721'451, through a centrol ongle of 11'56'37 "; Thence continuing along a said southerly margin N00'25'081, 10.00 feet to point of curvature; Thence continuing along said southerly morgin eosterly 225.19 feet along the arc of a non — tangent curve to the left, having o rodius of 1492.40 feel, the rodius point of which bears N00'25'08 "E, through a central ongle of 08'38'44" to point of tangency; Thence continuing along said southerly margin N81'46'24 "E, 393.60 feet; • Thence continuing along said southerly margin S86'45'29"E, 365.88 feet to the westerly margin of East Marginal Way; Thence olong soid westerly morgin S16'29'06"E, 534.84 feet; Thence S78'43'27"W, 415.05 feet; Thence N8710'37"W, 726.40 feet to the west line of said Southwest quarter of section 10; Thence N01'48'37 "E, 107.22 feet along soid west line to the point of beginning. Containing 16.00 acres, more or Tess. Note: 1) The site contains 18.3 acres, more or Tess, including easements. 2) all quantities listed are for permit application purposes only and not to be used for bidding purposes. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWII„A FE L — PERMIT CENTER bes 2 -6 V/ pe.. .v .^' F��. y�.:: �i+., Cy," ,'Ni:'.1!5 �'•.y,`.7G7C:.�q LEGAL DESCRIPTION s That portion of the Northeast quarter of section 9, T. 23N., R. 4E., W.M., and the Northwest quorter and of the Southwest quarter of section 10, T. 23N., R. 4E., W.M., King County, Washington, more particularly as described as follows: Beginning at the Southeast corner of said Northeast quarter of section 9; Thence N8914'10'W, 224.42 feet along the south line said Northeast quarter to the easterly morgin of primary slate highway no. 1 (aka SR 99); Thence along said easterly margin Northwesterly 437.32 feet along the orc of a non — tangent curve to the left, having o radius of 1265.90 feet, the radius point of which bears S8813'22"W, through o central angle of 19'47'37" to the southerly margin of primary state highway no. 1 (oko SR 99) and o point of curvature; Thence along said southerly morgin easterly 313.19 feet along the orc of o non — tangent curve to the left, having o radius of 1502.40 feet, the radius point of which bears N1721'45"E, through o central angle of 11'56'37 "; Thence continuing along a said southerly morgin N00'25'08"E, 10.00 feet to a point of curvature; Thence continuing along sold southerly morgin easterly 225.19 feet along the orc of a non — tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 1492.40 feet, the radius point of which bears N0025'08 "E, through a central angle of 0818'44" to a point of tangency; Thence continuing along said southerly margin N81'46'24 "E, 393.60 feet; Thence continuing olong said southerly margin S86'45'29"E, 365.88 feet to the westerly margin of East Marginal Way; Thence along said westerly margin S16'29'06"E, 534.84 feet; Thence S78'43'27"W, 415.05 feet; Thence N8730'37"W, 726.40 feet to the west line of said Southwest quarter of section 10; Thence N01'48'37 "E, 107.22 feet along said west line to the point of beginning. Containing 16.00 acres, more or less. Note: 1) The site contains 18.3 acres, more or less, including easements. 2) all quantities listed are for permit application purposes only and not to be used for bidding purposes. CITY OF TUKWILA FEB - PERMIT CENTER bo z V/ Z W ce J U UO • LLI J 1.- U) LL W O }} g J u. I • W Z �. 1— O Z U� O N . o f— ill W . -O Lll Z U) o Z ti 06/05/2002 09:30 3602758531 i 1 iNN7, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL REGIST. # EXP, DATE CCOl. BEISLI *027LC 10/01/2003 EFFECTIVE DATE 06/03/1998 BEISLEY INC 230 MAPLE WOOD CT NE BELFAIR WA 98528 BEISLEY INC PAGE 01 File: D 02 -0041 35mm Drawing #1 -16 Center Line Diameter or Round Number Anchor Bolt Acoustical Acoustical Ceiling Panels Acoustic Tile Area Drain Adjustable Above Finish Floor Aluminum Approximate Architect (urol) Board Building Block Blocking Beam Brick Bearing Between Buit -up Roof Baby Changing Station Cabinet Carpet Catch Basin / Chalkboard Cement Plaster Corner Guard Cast iron Control Joint Ceiling Clear Concrete Masonry Unit Cleanout Column Concrete Construction Continuous Corridor CeramicTile Center Point Dryer Double Detail Demolition Drinking Fountain Dimension Dispenser Dead Load Down Door Down Spout Dishwasher Drawing East Each Exterior Insulation. Finish System Expansion Joint Elevation Electrical Electrical Panel Equal Existing Exterior Epoxy Paint Exposed Structure Exterior Cement Plaster Fire Alarm Floor Drain Foundation Fire Extinguisher Cabinet Fire Hose Cabinet Finish (ed) Flashing Flooring Fluorescent Face•of Stud Face of Wall Foot or Feet Footing(s) Furring Gage Galvanized Grab Bar Galvanized Iron Gloss Gypsum Wallboard Gypsum Wallboard Water Resistant Height Hose Bibb Hollow Core Hardware Height(s) Hollow Metal Horizontal. Hour Header Inside Diameter Insulation Interior Iron Pipe Size Janitor Joist Joint Length Lavatory Live Load Maximum Machine Bolt Medium Density Overlaid Plywood Mechanical Manufacturer Manhole Minimum Miscellaneous Masonry Opening Mounted Metal Microwave North Not In Contract Not To Scale Overall Obscure On Center Outside Diameter Owner Furnished Contractor Installed Office Opposite Portland Cement Plaster Plate Plastic Laminated Plaster Plywood Pair Paint Partition Paper Towel Dispenser Quarry Tile Riser, or Radius Return Air Rubber Base, or Resilient Bose Roof Drain Reference Refrigerator Reinforced Required Resilient Room Rough Opening Rubber Tire Mat Resilient Stair Tread Reflected Ceiling Plan South Solid Core Schedule(d) Soap Dispenser Section Sheet Similar Stain & Lacquer Sanitary Napkin Disposal Square Service Sink Stainless Steel Standard Steel Storage Structural Suspended Sheet Vinyl Sheet Vinyl Chemical Resistant Symmetrical Tread Tack Board Towel Dispenser Waste Receptacle Telephone Tempered Tongue & Groove Thick Top of Pavement Toilet Tissue Dispenser Television Top of Well Typical Top of Beam Top of Curb or Concrete Top of Structure Tube Steel (Pipe) Terrazzo Toilet Seot Cover Dispenser Unfinished Unless Noted Otherwise Varies Vinyl Composition Tile Vertical Vestibule Vinyl Wall Covering Verify Washer, West, or Width With White Board Water Closet Wood Wire Glass Water Heater Without Water Proof Waste Receptacle Weight Welded Wire Fabric A No. REVISION BY SYMBOLS KEY: /ql Location on Sheet Sheet Number Location on Sheet Sheet Number Location on Sheet Sheet Number Location on Sheet Sheet Number APP'D DATE OPEN OFFICE I100Ai 10' -0' ELEVATION /DATUM TARGET T.O.C. 14 REF SHT. A2.4 BUILDING GRID UNE DOOR TARGET WINDOW TARGET (plan and elevation) REUTE TARGET LOUVER TARGET INTERIOR ELEVATION (arrow indicates view direction) ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER REVISION CLOUD DETAIL REFERENCE WALL SECTION EXTERIOR ELEVATION WALL TYPE GRADE ELEVATION KEYNOTE MATCHUNE 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design MATERIALS KEY: BUILDING SECTION VICINITY MAP: (target at each end of line) EARTH CONCRETE #2334 REGISTERED HI JAMES EWOTT BRYANT STAiE OF tUSW� PROJECT DIRECTORY: OWNER: KING COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 201 SOUTH JACKSON ST., M.S. KSC 0417 SEATTLE; WA 9&t0.4 -3856 BUILDING CODE SUMMARY: Project Location; Facilities Maintenance South 11911 E. Marginal Way S. Tukwila, WA 98168 Legal Description; That portion of the Northeast quarter of section 9, T. 23N., R. 4E., W.M„ and the Northwest quarter and of the Southwest quarter of section 10, T. 23N., R. 4E., W.M., King County, Washington, more particularly as descn'bed as follows: Beginning at the Southeast comer, of sold Northeast quarter of section 9; Thence N89'14'10'W, 224.42 feet along the south line said Northeast quarter to the easterly margin of primary state highway no. 1 (aka SR 99); Existing Building' Miscellaneous support offices and bus maintenance facility. Existing Construction Type: Seismic Zone: Fvic I , 0cauponcy Ty„es and A .as: B-2 - Offices and amenities 17,403 s:f, H -4 - Maintenance shops 18,161 s.f. 35,564 s.f. total New construction as shown in this oroject; Remodel of existing space in 8 -2 area: ±1,249 s.f. Area of new addition to existing bu6d ng: 0 sf: OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS: PROJECT SUMMARY: DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC ,RECOMMENDED: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: V -N (Sprinkled) 3 Applicable Codes. Original building constructed under 1982 Uniform Building Code New work as shown in this project designed under 1997 Uniform Bui Existing egress condition remains unaltered. The remodel of the existing offices does not add to the occupant load of the building. SOUTH FACILITIES OFFICE/WORKROOM. REMODE 11911 E. MARGINAL WAY S. TUKWILA, WA 98168 11=1:2, SCALE: AS SHOWN ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE I 1" IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: Thence along said easterly margin Northwesterly 437.32 feet along the arc of a non- tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 1265.90 feet, the radius point of which bears S88'13'22"W, through a central angle of 19'47'37' to the southerly margin of primary state highway no, 1 (aka SR 99) and a point of curvature; Thence along said southerly margin easterly 313.19 feet along the me of a non - tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 1502.40 feet, the radius point of which bears N12'21'45 "E, through a central angle of 11'56'37 "; Thence continuing along a said southerly margin N00'25'08 "E, 10.00 feet t point of t Date Permit No. King County Department of Transportation INDEX OF DRAWINGS: SHEET No. DRAWING No, DRAWING TITLE ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL 10 S1.0 MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL TITLE SHEET SiPE PLAN DEMOLITION PLAN FLOOR PLAN ROOF PLAN REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN SECTION, EXTERIOR ELEVATION, INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DOOR SCHEDULE & FINISH PLAN iMLI TYPES & DETAILS STRUCTURAL NOTES AND PLANS MECHANICAL DETAILS, SCHEDULES It SYMBOLS MECHANICAL DEMOLITION & MECHANICAL PLAN PLUMBING PLAN ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS UGHi1NG DEMOLITION & LIGHTING PLAN POWER DEMOLITION PLAN AND POWER /COMM PLAN Thence continuing along said southerly margin easterly 225.19 feet along the arc of a non - tangent curve to the left, having a radius of 1492.40 feet, the radius point of which bears N00'25'08'E, through a central angle of 08'38'44' to a point of tangency; Thence continuing along said southerly n,u,yia N81'46'24'E, 393.60 feet; Thence continuing along said southerly margin 586'45'29 "E, 365.88 feet to the westerly margin of East Marginal Way; o a polo a curvature; Thence along said westerly margin S16'29'06 "E, 534.84 feet FILE COPY I understand that the Plan Check approvals are subject to errors and omissions and approval of plans does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordnance. Rc'cc'ipt of con- tractor's copy of approved plans acknowledged. Work includes remodel of existing meeting room into workroom; a n construction of interior walls to create two additional offices in existing r h , general office area; demolition and relocation of existing wall between ..,,,, Q , u ~'t` �' �� Iwo existing offices; addhTniri of new rooftop tLW(6 amt to service 1° � ( / �� p � ' °� �/ R g r r , �=A , n e - afi -- . n r remodeled workroom; modify existing sprinkler system to provide ° i 4 ` 1 iF lb 7` , Q, �'Itr liTHL, L - I ( ` . __ coverage for remodeled offices. METRO TRANSIT DIVISION. SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE / WORKROOM REMODEL TITLE SHEET Thence S78'43'27'W, 415.05 feet; Thence N8730'37 W, 726.40 feet to the west line of said Southwest quarter of section 10; Thence NO1'48'371, 1Oi 1 feet along said west line to the point of beginning. Containing 16.00 acres, mare or less. Note: 1) The site contains 18.3 acres, more or less, including casements. 2) all quantities listed are for permit application purposes only and not to be used for bidding PurPomm RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DczoI1 DATE: " ' . QT- 182002 DRAWING NO: A1.0 SHEET NO: OF A No. A = 19'47'37' R = 1265.90' L =437.32' PERMIT INFORMATION N 00''08'E 10.00 29 \ 1 ANDSCAPE — EXISTING PERIMETER CHAIN—LINK FENCE. TYPICAL ■ -0 =11'56'37" R =1502.40' L = 313.19' 1. EXISTING PARKING COUNT REMAIN UNALTERED FOR PROJECT. 2. NO SITE WORK, INCLUDING CLEARING OR GRADING PERFORMED IN THIS PROJECT. 3. NO WORK IN SENSITVE AREA IN THIS PROJECT. 4. NO REMOVAL OF EXISTING TREES IN THIS PROJECT. EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT •X X — X —X —X N89'14'1014 224.42 AREA OF WORK REMODELED AREA: 1,249 S.F. EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT REVISION BY APP'D DATE 219' -7 EXISTING PARKING— VEHICLE IXR I I I EXISTING PARKING MAIN BUILDING ENTRY - 0 =08'38'44' R =1492.40' L =225.19' EXISDNG FIRE HYDRANT =IC- El 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design EXISTING CHAIN —UNK FENCING SITE PLAN SCALE: 1' =50' N81'4 X X CONTRACTOR STAGING AREA EXISTING ) SLIDING GATE (CONTRACTOR ACCESS I 1 X I I I x I I x x . I I I X — GATE DOSTING SLIDING I X I i I X VEHICLE I ENTRANCE X — — N8 )--�� T30 '37'W 726.40' — Q— DES- -ROAD- (EXISTING)-- — 393,60: X_ _' ( IAt1DS E = K J " I I I I I I I I x LX— "'X X X- -X--X— 0' 25. 50' X =x IANDSEAPE SE'►&tCK g_X X —X —X S v X 100' DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: CHECKED: SG S C RECOMMENDED: 36588' LANDSCAPE SETBACK CONTRACT NO: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: SCALE: 1"=50' ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE I- r IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: 0 King County Department of Transportation S METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE f WORKROOM REMODEL SITE PLAN 1,415 43'21'E 415 PERMIT a DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A2.0 SHEET NO: OF 2 16 1 I 0 Inch III'I' 1/16 'I'I'I , pi iliilfiii I ' 3 1 S l -1 G t (J (l -- V i O I IIII�IIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIII�IILI�IIII�IIIIIIIII� IIIIIIIIIIILIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIII1 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIII1IIIhIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIl RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA A A A A No. DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VISITING THE SITE TO THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO WORK. 2, CONTRACTOR SHALL USE ALL MEANS NECESSARY TO PROTECT AU. ITEMS NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL, AND SHALL USE APPROPRIATE DUST CONTROL AS DIRECTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3. THE OWNER, AS REPRESENTED BY THE KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE, SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RETAIN ANY MATERIAL OR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT REMOVED AS PART OF THE DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ONE THE REPRESENTATIVE ADEQUATE NOTICE PRIOR TO THE REMOVAL OF SUCH MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT ITEMS. MATERIALS REMOVED AS PART OF THE DEMOLITION WORK AND NOT CLAMED BY THE REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL BE DISPOSED OF AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH THE KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE AND THE APPROPRIATE OLD. COMPANIES AS REQUIRED ANY DISCONNECTION. OF POWER OR UTILITIES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER 48 HOURS PRIOR TO 5, WORK. DIMENSIONS SHOWN WITH '±" PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR 6. MUST VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DEMOLITION/ REMOVAL OF EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, 7. SERVICES, AND APPURTENANCES, CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING WHERE STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WALL SECTIONS, COLUMNS, BEAMS, ETC. ARE REMOVED /CUT AND /OR 8, MODIFIED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SAWCUT EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PLUMBING/WASTE CONNECTIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR INFORMATION ON NEW /MODIFIED PLUMBING 9. TO PENETRATE THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB. CONTRACTOR TO STORE ALL RELOCATED DOORS IN PROTECTED LOCATION, CONTRACTOR TO REFINISH, REPAIR /OR- REPLACE DOORS DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION /CONSTRUCTION. LEGEND T. EXISTING. CARPET. TO. BE REMOVED 2. COSTING WALL TO REMAIN 3. EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED 4. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION WALL WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF METAL. STUDS. AND 1/2_" PLYWOOD SHEATHING EACH SIDE. EXTEND WALL FROM FLOOR TO CEIUNG TO PROVIDE VISUAL AND DUST BARRIER DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK. REVISION BY APP'D DATE o +I 1 N +1 c REMOVE COSTING WALL BASE REMOVE EXISTING SUSP. CEILING SYSTEM ON EITHER SIDE OF WALL TO BE REMOVED. SEE REFLECTED CEIUNG PLAN FOR AREA OF REPAIR TO SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax &7BSHNG - WONEM3LOCKER _ .� - • 63L -11ZETZE- Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design r EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME TO BE RELOCATED, SEE FLOOR PLAN - - / EXISTING LAUNDRY t 47' -0" REMOVE REMOVE WALL BELO FOR NEW DOOR. S PLANS REMOVE AND REAR WOOD THRESHOLD. IN DOORWAY. REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME. REMOVE EXISTING WALL BASE DE SCALE. ± 20' - 1/2" � ±15' -1" EXISTING STORAGE Ir"X EXISTING HERS in' REMOVE EXISTING DOOR & FRAME EXISTING OFFICE EXISTING HALLWAY DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC RECOMMENDED: -±8 1/2" REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING WHITE BOARD AS DIRECTED BY KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. EXISTING LOBBY EXISTING OFFICE EXISTING OFFICE • EXISTING OFFICE PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: _1 -I- CENTERUNE OF [6- ...,---- EXISTING WINDOW ! — SAWCUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE WALL UNDER EXISTING WINDOWS FOR NEW PAIR OF 4 7 DOORS. GRIND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT FLOOR SURFACE. SCALE: 118 " =1' -0" ONE. INCH AT FULL SIZE I" IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: CORE DRILL EXISTING WALL FOR NEW PLUMBING. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. REMOVE EXISTING FURRED WALL (NORTH WALL ONLY). DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING SPACE HEATERS. STORE AS DIRECTED BY KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. EXISTING CLEANOUTT TO REMAIN EXISTING GAS METER TO REMAIN CLEAR EXISTING LANDSCAPING AND ROCKERY ONLY AS REQUIRED FOR NEW CONCRETE WALKWAY. ALL EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN REMOVE EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD (t LOCATION) FOR CONSTRUCTION OF NEW CONCRETE WALKWAY. REPAIR CONNECTION WITH EXISTING IRRIGATION SYSTEM TO PROVIDE CONTINUED UNINTERRUPTED OPERATION. REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW AND FRAME. STORE AS DIRECTED BY KING - COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. RELOCATE I � p COSTING ��EXTERIOR CONDUIT - SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR FOR NEW TRENCH DRAIN AND CONNECTION TO EXISTING WASTE UNE. ---- EXISTING LANDSCAPING STRIP King County Department of Transportation RECEIVED only OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE/WORKROOM-REMODEL DEMOLITION PLAN DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A3.0 SHEET NO: OF 3 16 I . 1 I I .N . ' 14 1'1' 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 0 Inch 1/16 'i 7' Gl L I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LI I,I I III I EXISTING WALL BASE H EXISTING REPLACE REFER TO REFLECTED CEIUNG' PLAN' FOR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM IN THIS AREA EXISTING J ICRIROON REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR RECONFIGURATION OF EXISTING GRID PATTERN IN THIS ROOM MOLITION PLAN +90'_5 r ±7' -6" EXISTING MENS LOCKER EXISTING 'HOMERS REMOVE_EXISTING..WINDOW AND_ FRAME ASSEMBLY. STORE AS DIRECTED BY KING COUNTY. PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (r` JANITOR WINDOW FLOOR r.. *2334 RE • ARG JAMES EJJOTT BRYANT STATE OF YA9INCTOA 7 ® EMOVE EXISTING FLOOR COVERING AND WALL BASE IN EXISTING CONFERENCE ROOM. REMOVE AU. ADHESIVE ON EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR - - - -- I DOSBNG CONCRETE WALKWAY I 3 f'I EXISTING COFFEE 0' 4' e' REMOVE EXISTING DOOR AND MODIFY SWING DIRECTION. SEE FLOOR PLAN u {IHG STORAGE •4•I 1 d EXISTING COMPUTER NG_KEY BOLTO RE REMOVED AND RELOCATED, AS DIRECTED BY KING PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE REMOVE EXISTING I WALL BASE ,r• CONSTRUCTION WALL REMOVE EXISTING T DOOR do FRAME I aims EXTENT OF CARPET' LOCATION OF NEW 1 p FFH;E REMOVAL TO MATCH' WALL SEE FLOOR I I -wfr rr . __ �_ ___ � L L l 0 IIII1 ,1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIII) A No. FLOOR PLAN NOTES 1. ALL FINISHED .SURFACES.ON. NZ11 CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH FLUSH WITH COSTING. 2. FINISHED SURFACES OF ALL NEW INFILL WALLS TO MATCH FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE OF ADJACENT WALL INFILL WALL MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WALL CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN BETWEEN EXISTING SURFACES ARE DESIGNATED WITH "± ". ACTUAL DIMENSIONS MAY VARY ACCORDING TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. DIMENSIONS SHOWN WITH " +' PROVIDED FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL. DRAWINGS FOR HVAC, AND UGHTING INFORMATION. 5. DIMENSIONS FROM ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION ARE SHOWN FROM FACE OF STUD. DIMENSIONS FROM DUSTING CONSTRUCTION ARE SHOWN FROM EXISTING SURFACE. 6. ALL NEW WALLS TO EXTEND 6' ABOVE THE HEIGHT OF SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM. 7. ALL WOOD USED IN THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING BUT NOT UMITED TO COUNTERTOPS, SHALL BE FIRE-RETARDANT AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. LEGEND • FLOOR PLAN 1. USING WALL TO REMAIN 2. NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION 3. INDICATES SURFACE MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER. TOP OF EXTINGUISHER 0 +54" A.F.F. ALL EXTINGUISHER TO BE 5LB. 2A 10BC UNITS. 4. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION WALL. WALL TO BE CONSTRUCTED OF METAL STUDS. AND 1/2' PLYWOOD SHEATHING EACH SIDE. EXTEND WALL FROM FLOOR TO CEILING TO PROVIDE VISUAL AND DUST BARRIER DURING CONSTRUCTION WORK. F.E. A A A REVISION BY APP'D DATE • +1 c i 'PATCH AND REPAIR EXIST. WALL SURFACE DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK f 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax ±14' -10 5/8' ALTERED — OFFICE ALTERED OFFICE 1 109 I r • „mo f M Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design 1 IV w1 1 MISTING I ENS LOCISIE ” °_...._ Cr- CT 1 111 I 1 112 I r EXISTING LAUNDRY ... 14 1'17: EXISTING LUNCHROOM PATCH AN1t.REPAIR EXISTING WALL SURFACE DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOURON WORK FLOOR PLAN SCALE: t /8'= t' -0. ±12'-9 1V2' EXISTING MENS LOCKER 11131 f 20' -1 1/2' EXISTING STORAGE I 114 I EXISTING DOOR WITH MODIFIED SWING ii i 1 EXISTING . Et(ST. CO LITER I� M I 122 I I 116 I F ...- L ._ 0 ALTERED . WORKROOM F,E.I EXISTING OFFICE —_ -• EXISTING : u PTO, ►: =7- FJ TI � ... �NOPD7E S ,...... ,. I ......... I9EPIS 1 ;:T : . , . Y -11 1/2' ALTERED OFFICE Ito5I EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY 0' 4' 8' SIN. I 120 I 1 118 I EASING 1 COFFEE RED MALL • II NEW • .1 COPY I106 8'-5± EQ. �E0.� I 1 DESIGNED: SG Sc Sc RECOMMENDED: — 3 ° 7 ° ICASED OP 10 FINISHED SURFACE OF\. NEW WALL TO MATCH FLUSH WITH EXISTING CORNER EXISTING OFFICE 16' DRAWN: CHECKED: I lot I i 117 EXISTING OFFICE 1181 EXISTING LOBBY ALTERED OFFICE 1 102 1 MISTING OFFICE 1 104 PROJECT MANAGER: 91 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION WALL APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: - ±8 1/2' — PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING FURRED WALL DAMAGED DUE TO DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE WALL. FOR NEW DOOR, TYPICAL FINISHED SURFACE Ta MATCH EXISTING -. -NEW TRENCH DRAIN METAL STORAGE CABINETS (3), PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. SECURE EACH CABINET TO WALL AT TOP WITH SINGLE STEEL L" BRACKET TO PREVENT FALLING. SEE ELEVATIONS FOR CABINET INFORMATION. SCALE: 118 " =1'-0" ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE I - '" -I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING AROUND PLUMBING PENETRATIONS - SEE MECHANICAL PLANS FOR PIPING LOCATIONS. — PATCH AND REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR SLAB REMOVED FOR NEW TRENCH DRAIN PLUMBING NEW t' CONCRETE WALKWAY - EXTEND 6" BEYOND DOOR JAMBS EXISTING CLEAN OUT EXISTING GAS METER 1 King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE I WORKROOM REMODEL FLOOR PLAN 8 RECEIVE CITY OF TU DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A4.0 SHEET NO: OF 4 16 I I I 0 Inch 1/16 I • I''I 'I'1 i l i — , W!r47rilr( rrr CONTRACT NO: Sl V. L,�. �t l i)I 2 • 'y ( L I 0 II II I I IIIIIIIIIIII II III II III I II I I I II III I IIII IIIIII_IIII II IIIIIIII I II II I I II IIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII IIII IIIIII I I III I I I I II I IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII IIIII II II I I I I I I I D ILA PERMIT CENTER • ROOF PLAN NOTES t. DUSTING FEATURES ON ROOF PLAN SHOWN FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES. ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITKINS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR DAMAGES TO EXISTING ROOF AND ROOF FEATURES, INCLUDING BUT NOT UNTIED TO EXISTING ROOF SURFACE, HVAC EQUIPMENT, FLASHING, ETC. CAUSED DUE TO WORK DURING THIS PROJECT. 3. ANY PENETRATIONS OF THE EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM, ROOFING PATCHES, FLASHING AT ROOF PENETRATIONS AND OTHER ROOF REPAIRS SHALL BE BY WORKERS EXPERIENCED WITH THE EXISTING TYPE OF ROOF (FPDM) EMPLOYED BY AN AUTHORIZED FIRESTONE ROOFING APPLICATOR. SEE ALSO SPECIFICATION SECTION 07520. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWING FOR CURB DETAIL FOR NEW INAC EQUIPMENT. A A No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE EXISTING ROOF ACCESS DOOR EXISTING ROOF DRAIN, TYPICAL 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fox + 81Y Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design EXISTING VENT ROOF PLAN_ SCALE: 1/8' =1' -0' REGISTERED. CHRE ES B.UOTT BRY' SPATE ( W1S* GTON KIST,IMG EPDM Rog / _.I. I 1 , I ti: II il — NEW WALKING PADS, "RUBBER GUARD' BY FIRESTONE OR AS APPROVED BY KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. .11 0 EXISTING PARAPET 0' 4' e' 16' DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC RECOMMENDED: ti PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: NEW ROOFTOP WC UNR. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWING FOR CURB DETAIL . - EXISTING PARAPET SCALE: 1I8 " =1' -0" ONE INCH. AT FULL SIZE F T" I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE! WORKROOM REMODEL ROOF PLAN RECEIVED Cmr OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DATE: 01-18-2002 DRAWING NO: A5.0 SHEET NO: OF 5 16 0 Inch 1/16 3 I I A fl y iii ►liiii1111111iii A A No. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTES 1. SUSPENDED CEIUNG SYSTEM TO BE 2' x 4' GRIDS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2. REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING FIXTURES. 3, REFER TO ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR INFORMATION ON ALL NEW AND RELOCATED LIGHT FIXTURES. 4. EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS SHOWN FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MODIFYING EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE COVERAGE IN ACCORDMICE WRH LOCAL CODES. 5. AREAS OF EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING TO BE REPAIRED, REPLACED OR MODIFIED IS NOT UNITED TO THE AREAS INDICATED ON PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR, REPLACE OR MODIFY EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO OTHER WORK PERFORMED IN THIS CONTRACT. LEGEND 1. AREA OF SUSPENDED CEIUNG TO BE REPAIRED, REPLACED OR MODIFIED. PROVIDE NEW TILES AND RUNNERS OR MODIFY BUSTING- AS INDICATED ON DRAWING. FOR NEW CEIUNG SYSTEM, SEE DETAIL 2. NEW RECESSED FLUORESCENT UGHT FIXTURE 3. DOSTING RECESSED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 4. NEW OR RELOCATED DIFFUSER 5. EXISTING DIFFUSER 6. NEW RETURN MR REGISTER 7. °LISTING SPRINKLER HEAD 101 z REVISION BY APP'D DATE AREA OF EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING TO BE REPAIRED/ REPLACED. I \ l k 1 I L_.. I L I mum mem "1 uIII II MEM MENAI IIII �11�' IIIFI uui -I- I ly I I p - ._...... ._. 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 lax 11= Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design 1 s. . <ir.e.r ., _ - is f -:1 • REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM . NEW CONFIGURATION AS SHOWN (THIS ROOM ONLY). 00 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/8' =1' -0' o ' L.. { Ij J -- 8 ■6' ... __...._.._.__..J f — — • AREAS OF EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING TO BE MODIFIED/ REPAIRED DUE TO DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OF WALLS DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC RECOMMENDED: h� PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: AREA OF EXI CEILING TO B TO DEMOLR10 WALL PROVIDE NEW SYSTEM IN TN EXISTING CEIU SCALE: 1/8 " =1 -0" ONE. INCH AT FULL SIZE F 1 I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: 1II1 0 Inch 1/16 aey I , h IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 'III I • I i .ii iii�i 2 I I 3 d I I , • IIIIIIIIIIIIII �IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIItIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII NG SUSPENDED REPAIRED DUE OF EXISTING SUSPENDED CEILING ESE AREAS. MATCH NG HEIGHT. King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE/ WORKROOM REMODEL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ROCEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A6.0 SHEET NO: OF 6 16 (9 EQUAL) GWB WALL, PAINTED am \ / 1N,' ILZ ti COUNTER BRACKETS (• \ \ \ / \ / J / \ / N / \ / \ // \ \ 3' -0' 6' -0 6' -0' I (3 EQUAL) 15' -0" \ (3 EQUAL) 15' -1 7/8 "\ A A A • INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FILLER-. t9' -0' B.O. SUS. CLG. PLASTIC LAMINATED UPPER CABINETS-- GWB WALL, PAINTED STAINLESS STEEL BACKSPLASH STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERTOP -- STAINLESS STEEL S10ESPIASH; TYP:J / PLASTIC LAMINATED BASE CABINETS 4' RESIUENT BASE — FILLER NEW CARPET OVER EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SCALE: 1/4' = 1' -O• r . +I 115 ALTERED WORKROOM 1 NEW OFFICE SECTION SCALE 1/2 = 15' -0' 1 107 I A No. REVISION NEW SUSPENDED CEIUNG GRID 0 ±9-0" A.F.F. NOV 4' RESIDENT BASE— FLOOR CHANNEL, ATTACH TO FLOOR SLAB W/ POWER DRIVEN FASTENER, TIP. 1 - -INSULATE EXPOSED PIPES a z APP'D BY E FILLER - FILLER DATE ts EXISTING ROOF CONSTRUCTION 8 0 1' 2' NEW SUSPENDED CEIUNG GRID 0 t9 -0" TYPICAL \ o I 0 N +1 SIDESPLASH BEYOND Nai COPY NEW CARPET OVER EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR 4' I I I NEW 4 RESIDENT BASE • 'roui(Jk brbtas der °A:, tO EXISTING GWB WALL, REPAINTED 115 ALTERED WORKROOM 2 SCALE 1/4' = ALTERED OFFICE 1 102 I =NM_ 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design I +1 REMOVE DOSING WINDOW ASSEMBLY REMOVE EXISTING. CONCRETE WALL SECTION FOR NEW DOOR 4' RESIUENT BASE CHAMFER EDGE OF NEW OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING OPENING ABOVE, TYPICAL AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EDGES. a 2 4' 9' EXISTING SUSPENDED CEIUNG GRID EXTERIOR ELEVATION B.O. SUS. CLG. 115 ALTERED WORKROOM 3 SCALE: 1/4" = DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC RECOMMENDED: DOSING FASCIA PANEL EXISTING CONCRETE WALL -- r `— CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (3) METAL, LOCKABLE TURN - HANDLE TYPE DOUBLE DOOR STORAGE CABINETS, WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES. OVERALL CABINET SIZE TO BE 361V x. 7811 x.t81L METAL TR BE MIN, . 16 GA, OR AS APPROVED BY KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. PROJECT MANAGER: EXISTING GWB WALL, REPAINTED APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: EXISTING CONDUITS AND FEEDER SCALE: AS SHOWN ONE. INCH AT FULL SIZE I 1" I- I IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: - I I ry 1 I i I h ! 1 .1 I li 4" RESIUENT BASE l EAST ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4• = 1' -0" King County Department of Transportation •� Y ^�Y 0 2' 4 RELOCATED CONDUIT REMOVE AND RELOCATE EXISTING CONDUIT ----REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW ASSEMBLY RECONNECT RELOCATED CONDUIT TO EXISTING LINE REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE WAIL SECTION FOR NOV DOOR CHAMFER EDGE OF NEW OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING OPENING ABOVE, TYPICAL AT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR EDGES. RECEIVED MY OP TUKWILA a 2 4' PERMIT CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE! WORKROOM REMODEL SECTION, EXTERIOR ELEVATION & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A7.0 SHEET NO: 7 of 16 I ' I I I 0 Inch 1/16 1 eV iii 3 d 1 f 6 s v t �; t i t1J ► g Z S • I I t, i 0 1 11111111111111111111IIIIII111111IIII.II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIII�II • A No. DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR NUMBER NOTES THICK 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 314" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" DOOR SIZE: WIDTH 105 3' -0" 107 3' -0" 109 3' -00 110 3 115 A --- 3 1. -0" 7' -0" 115 B 4 -0" 7' -0" HEIGHT 7' -0" 7' -0" 7' -0" 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL ROUGH, MASONRY AND CONCRETE OPENINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, FABRICATION AND /OR INSTALLATION OF FRAMES AND DOORS. DOOR TYPES (N.T.S.) A EXISTING /NEW FRAME TYPES (N.T.S.) A EXISTING /NEW RATING - — A WD. -- A WD. - - -- - A WO. -- A WD. REVISION DOOR TYPE MAT WD. FINISH HM PAINT VERIFY OPENING SIZE B B GLASS SAFETY LOUVER WIDTH REMOVABLE MUWON HEIGHT BY APP'D DATE FRAME TYPE A MAT H.M. N.M. H.M. N.M H.M. H,M HARDWARE TYPE/ SCHEDULE HARDWARE TYPE: HW -1 TYPE MANUFACTURER 3 EACH BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 WALL STOP 3 SILENCERS FINISH GLASS PAINT -- PAINT _ -- PAINT -- PAINT PAINT_- - PAINT -- 2 CONTINUOUS HINGES 1 LOCKSET 1 EXIT LOCK REMOVABLE MUWON 2 OVERHEAD HOLDERS 2 KICK PLATES 2 THRESHOLD 2 SET WEATHERSTRIP 2 DOOR OOTTOMS HDWR DETAILS GROUP HEAD HW -1 4 NW -1 4 HW -1 4 HW -2 4 SIMI HW -3 4 (SIM) HW -4 6 HAGER CORBIN /RUSSWIN TRIMCO HARDWARE TYPE: HW -2 TYPE MANUFACTURER 1 OVERHEAD STOP GLYNN - JOHNSON REUSE BALANCE OF EXISTING HARDWARE. HARDWARE TYPE: HW -3 TYPE MANUFACTURER PRODUCT NUMBER 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 174A REUSE BALANCE OF EXISTING HARDWARE. RE -HAND EXISTING LOCKSET. PREPARE EXISTING FRAME FOR HINGES AND LOCK STRIKE. FILL/PATCH AND SAND SMOOTH EXISTING HINGE AND STRIKE PREPARATIONS FOR RE- PAINTING. HARDWARE TYPE: HW -4 TYPE MANUFACTURER PEMKO CORBIN/RUSSWIN CORBIN /RUSSWIN G.YNN- JOHNSON TICE INDUSTRIES PEMKO PEMKO PEMKO HARDWARE NOTES: 1. NEW LOCKSET SHALL BE KEYED TO THE EXISTING KEY SYSTEM. PROVIDE FOUR (4) CHANGE KEYS PER LOCKSET. 2. LOCAL. HARDWARE SOURCE BUILDERS HARDWARE AND SUPPLY, (206) 281 -3700 1000 Lenora SL Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax INTERIOR COLOR & MATERIAL SCHEDULE MATERIAL REFERENCE WALLS P1 CERJNG ACT1 ACT2 CABINETRY PLI (DETAILS REFER TO SHEET A -9.0 DAN.) JAMB THRES - NEW DOOR AND FRAME - NEW DOOR AND FRAME - NEW DOOR AND FRAME 4 (SIMI RELOCATE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME 4 (SIM) 7 EXISTING DOOR, MODIFY SWING _ — 6 _ _ 8 NEW PAIR DOOR, REMOVEABLE CENTER MULLION — 4 4 4 Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design PRODUCT NUMBER A5700 US26D 4.5 x 4.5" NRP ML2051 LWA 630 12700X -CP US26D PRODUCT NUMBER 450S SERIES PRODUCT NUMBER REMARKS CFM_HD 1412042 LWA 630 ML2057 LWA 630 x M30 BY FRAME MANUFACTURER 100H SERIES B4EKP - 10" a 2" LESS THAN DOOR WIDTH x US32D 14/1A 303AS (HEAD, JAMBS AND MUWON) 18100CP MATERIAL PAINT FLOORS CPT1 CARPET VCT1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE RBI RESIDENT BASE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACOUSTICAL CL7UNG TILE PLASTIC LAMINATE COLOR / PATTERN (MANUFACTURER)* WHITE/WHITE (1685 -11) DURAEPDXY PATCRAFT HEADLINES SERIES 51911 D(CELON CLASSIC WHITE (ARMSTRONG MATCH EXISTING COLOR MATCH EXISTING COLOR/ TEXTURE MATCH EXISTING COLOR TEXTURE 462 -58 CONTRACT GRAY (FORMICA) SIZE 12' x 12' 4' 2' x 4' 2' x 4' II I / P1 AND RBI THIS WALL ONLY ". k re r,. r. I EXISTING i _ 1 MIENS LOCKEB� .- _ 11111 1 110 1 log I MATCH EXISTING WALL COLOR DESIGNED: SG DRAWN: SG CHECKED: SC RECOMMENDED: EXISTING LAUNDRY IBIS NO: 1 112 I WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: r... 1- . y 1, EXISTING LUNCHROOM 11081 ^. .An '?pit. ".. I ; COLOR/ PATTERN AS SELECTED BY KING COUNTY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE COLORLPATTERN AS SHOWN OR AS SELECTED BY K.C. PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE EXIST. ACOUSTICAL TILES. REPLACE DAMAGED/ LOST TILES DUE TO DEMOLTION WORK. NEW ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILES UPPER /BASE CABINETS; COLOR AS SHOWN OR AS SELECTED BY K.C. PROJECT REP. PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: FINISH PLAN SCALE: t /a" =i' -o" SCALE: AS SHOWN ONE= INCH AT FULL SIZE I 1" IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: FASTING MENS LOCKER r NEtib OFFICE i CPT1 RBI EXIST NEW 1 107 I ALTERED HALL 1 121 I ALTERED OFFICE 1 105 1 ACT1 King County Department of Transportation EXISTING STORAGE EXIST( COMPUTER I116 EXISTING STORAGE I 118 I I F EXISTING _ F331ST6NG WOMENS - -. •• RENS 1 122 I . 2 cj@ { 1 119 I 1 EXISTING jl it COFFEE I: 1 120 1 0 4' 8` I 114 NEW COPY 1 106 I FINISH KEY: btST tXST, ... HALLWAY I 122 I EXISTING CARPET RB1 EXISTING O ICE 1 104 1 cif r,!•_,t1. f ."' ._- --r.°_•�. s:..��....i;: .-et ...._ -_. FLOOR BASE VCT ALTER OFFICE 1 102 I P P AIN P AINT NEW WALLS ONLY l NOTES: 1. REFERENCES TO MANUFACTURER'S PROPRIETARY COLOR /PATTERN DESIGNATION IS FOR DEFINITION OF THE INTENDED VISUAL DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MATERIAL REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION - SUBSTITUTIONS & THE APPUCABLE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION FOR DEFiNRION OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS. 2. EXTERIOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR FRAMES. 3. ALL NEW INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING INTERIOR FRAMES. 4. ALL RELOCATED DOOR FRAMES TO BE REPAINTED (MATCH EXISTING COLOR). 5. REPAIR ANY DAMAGES TO EXISTING SURFACES, INCLUDING BUT NOT UNITED TO PAINT FINISHES, CARPETING, ETC. CAUSED BY THE ERECTION OR REMOVAL OF THE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION WALL IN ROOM 102. — WALL TREATMENT CEILING NOTES ALTERED woRmOm EXIDTING OFFICE EXISTING LOBBY I tot ) EXISTING OFFICE 1 103 1 EXISTING ACT) METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFrttt / WORKROOERREMODEL. DOOR SCHEDULE & FINISH PLAN PL1 BASE AND UPPER CABINETS EXISTING CARPET RB1 RECEIVED cm' OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER ACT2 DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A8.0 SHEET NO: OF 8 16 1'I l 1 1 0 Inch 1/16 I I'I'I'I'I I st - UI ' IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIII��IIIIIiIII�IIIIlIIIIi1 IIIIII I I I I I I• I 1 I 1 I j l I I I i+ i I I 1 3 .. r V J I , _ - Id_ I ! I • I I ' d i L l V L t, IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIII�IIII I I IIII 1 • WALL TYPES SCALE: 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" NOTES 1• PROVIDE 2 22 GA. DIAGONAL STRAP BRACING. 2. PROVIDE RESIDENT CHANNELS 0 24" o,c. -- -18 GA STEEL STUDS 0 i6"• o:c. --- TYPE "X' GWB W1 NOTES 1. PROVIDE 2 22 GA. DIAGONAL STRAP BRACING. 2. PROVIDE RESIDENT CHANNELS 0 24" o.c. ALTERED WORKROOM (t15I 18 GA. STEEL STUDS 0 16" o.c. TYPE "X' GWB - EXISTING WALL W2 No. REVISION BY APP'D DATE FLOOR CHANNEL RESIUENT BASE NEW OR EXISTING CARPET FLOOR CHANNEL - ATTACH TO EXISTING FLOOR SLAB FLOOR TO WALL DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0' SCALE: NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION SCALE: 1" =1' -0" 0 2' 4' NEW MIL. STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION COUNTER RRACKEL, RAKKS. SERIES BY RANGINE CORPORATION 1 -800- 826 -6006, OR APPROVED EQUAL. (2) LOCATIONS. 450 LBS/ BRACKET MINIMUM, PROVIDE 2 x 4 BLOCKING AT BRACKET ANCHOR POINTS, TYPICAL 0 6' 1' ---- RESIUENT BASE NOTE EXISTING CARPET MAY OR MAY NOT EXTEND UNDER FLOOR CHANNEL DEPENDING ON LOCATION NEW EXISTING 1 x 6 TRIM, RIPPED TO FIT. CASED OPENING JAMB DETAIL (HEAD SIM.) 3 " =1' -0" 0 2• 4' 6 5 FOR COUNTER INFORMATION, REFER TO DETAIL COUNTER TOP @ SINK OPENING DETAIL Y BASE CABINET BEYOND 9 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 SeatUe, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax 1 Architecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design NEW TO EXISTING WALL SCNE. • t -1/2 t' -o• 1 NEW WALL EXIST. WALL CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION - - NEW GWB WALL CONSTRUCTION (WI) 0 4' SEALANT PROVIDE METAL STUD AROUND I NEW OPENING SEALANT 16' `- -HOLLOW METAL FRAME, GROUT SOLID SEALANT PROVIDE GWB AROUND NEW OPENING. FINISHED SURFACE M. MATCH. FLUSH. WITH EXISTING. JAMB DETAIL @ CONC. WALL (HEAD SIM.) SCALE: 3' = 1' -0' ' I 0 4 4• e' ROLLED EDGE (0 TOP) .033' STAINLESS STEEL BACKSPLASH (OVER 3/4" MDF). „..--- CONTINUOUS STAINLESS STEEL AT BACKSPLASH ONLY - -.033' STAINLESS STEEL SIDE SPLASH BEYOND COUNTER TOP DETAIL SCALE: 1' =1' -0" , 0 2' 2 -- CHAMFER CORNERS, TYPICAL (MATCH EXISTING) SEALANT SECURE FRAME WITH EXPANSION BOLTS 6 -- .033' S', TOP 1/2•RDTl.EB EDGE 1/2' MDF / - 1/2" PLYW,D 10 DESIGNED: SG . DRAWN: SG CHECKED: S C RECOMMENDED: SPLAY BRACE WIRE AWN RUNNER ACOUSTICAL PANEL 1' HANGER W VERTICAL 45A I A 4' -0" o,c.— 4 � 0 *U grrA / l1uµl SEE UK STD. 47-18 2144.X. ?1 h PG. 1371 -NEED COMPRESSION MAN RUNNER� _ _ (p 12' o.c. EA. WAY WI', SPLAY BRACING DETAIL (2 a A ME T ET) D, SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM CROSS RUNNER SCALE NO SCALE ALTERED WORKROOM DEN NEW RESIT FLOORING SCALE: 6' = 1' -0" -8' MAX. OR 4' LENGTH SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL AT WALL mica WIRE AL1AW. TENSION 1 11 2 170 10 300 CONT. HOWL STRUT 0 PREVI]TT SPREADING CROSS RUNNER OF RUNNERS ® SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL METAL DOOR THRESHOLD (HARDWARE BY DOOR THRESHOLD MANUFACTURER) -- THRESHOLD DETAIL NEAT} CONNECTION 12 GA. STEEL HEAD MOUNTING BRACKET 1, 5 11 REMOVABLE MULLION SCALE: NOT TO SCALE PROJECT MANAGER: ..APPROVED: SCALE: AS SHOWN ONE. INCH AT FULL SIZE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: - -• - - -- 3 TURNS MIN. IN I -1/2' 45 SPLAY WIRE BRACING IN PLANE OF MAN RUNNER. AIL Y.0 - WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER 4 DIRECTIONS SEISMIC LOCKING PIN HANGER WIRE LOCKING CUP TO FASTEN CROSS WINNER TU MAIN" RUNNER: SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL WRH INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RNETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXW. TENSION OR COMPRESSION (MIMMUM 60 POUNDS). 0 1' 2' -.... 4' REMOVABLE MULLION 12 GA. STEEL REINFORCEMENT WELDED TO MUWON, TYP. MAN RUNNER EXISTING HALLWAY DOOR LEAF EXISTING CARPET King County Department of Transportation 11 a 5N 7 HEAD CONNECTION REMOVABLE MULLION EXPANSION JOINT DOOR LEAF DOOR HEAD (JAMB SIMILAR) SCALE; 3' =- 1' -0' NEW CONCRETE D WALKWAY '--: THRESHOLD DETAIL SCALE: 3' = 1' -O' 0 2' 4 0 2' 4' -- D00R LEAF �- DOOR BOTTOM / 1' 1- 12 GA. STEEL SILL MOUNTING BRACKET - VRL STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION- (NEW OR EXISTING AS APPLICABLE) - -- HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME -- REMOVABLE MULLION e' INEFROB PERMIT CENTER CONCRETE JAMB BEYOND - - -.- DOOR THRESHOLD �-- RESIDENT FLOORING 9' SILL CONNECTION RECEIVED CITY OF'TUKWILA EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR - EXISTING FOUNDATION 12 GA. STEEL REINFORCEMENT WELDED TO MUWON - METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICEI WORKROOM REMODEL WALL TYPES & DETAILS DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: A9.0 SHEET NO: OF 9 16 1 0 Inch 1/16 I. I I'I'I 3 -, WiT" Tn(T'T I I i' I I , • I S t V G. t Li �� - -- . C .... _ t/ I L I 0 h11 iiili�iiiililil�lillllil��lillliiii�iiii! �i�IIIIIIIILII�IIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIII Illllllli�lllllllllhii iill�illlliiii�iiiiliiii�iiiil��i��i��l��ii' in V'1 I- UJ 0 0 0 CIC G 0 0 LL U- U LJ 0 cn 0 W 0 0 O O n 0 _, w 'a 0 a w U I- 0 C UJ 0 ti 0 0 0 I- ■--• O CL w m 0 0 0 N 0 EL w : U O No. . PDE REQUIREMENTS: All design and construction shall conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition. SPECIAL CONDITIONS; Contractor shall verify all levels, dimensions, and existing conditions in the field before proceeding. Contractor shall notify the Project Representative of any discrepancies or field changes prior to installation or fabrication. In case of discrepandes between the existing conditions and the drawings, the Contractor shall obtain direction from the Project Representative before proceeding. Dimensions noted as plus or minus ( ±) indicate unverified dimensions and are approximate. Notify Proect Representative Immediately of conflicts or excessive variations from indicated dimensions. Noted dimensions take precedence over scaled dimensions - -DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. Dimensions of existing conditions may be based on record drawings and are to be field- verified by the Contractor. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions before commendng any demolition. Contractor shall provide adequate shoring and bracing of all structural members, existing construction and soil excavations, as required, and in a manner suitable to the work sequence. Temporary shoring and bracing shall not be removed until all final connections have been completed in accordance with the drawings and materials have achieved design strength. No reinforcing bars in existing construction shall be cut unless directed to by the Architect or as shown on the drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for all safety precautions and the methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required to perform the work SOILS: Uniform Building Code, 1997. All topsoil organics and loose surface soil shall be removed from beneath fill supporting concrete slabs or paving, CONCRETE: Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of Chapter 19 of the Uniform Building Code. Concrete strengths shall be verified by standard 28-day cylinder tests, unless approved otherwise. Concrete mixes shall conform to the following: f c Test Age (psi) kays) .U. es 3,000 28 slab -on -grade The Contractor shall submit concrete mix designs for approval 2 weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall be in conformance with UBC 1905. The submittal shall indicate where each concrete mix is to be used on the project, as well as the maximum aggregate size of each mix. Maximum aggregate size shall conform to the specifications, ADMIXTURES: Water - reducing admixtures may be incorporated in concrete mix designs, but shall conform to ASTM C 494, and be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. CaCl2 or other water - soluble chloride admixtures shall not be used. WATER /CEMENT RATIO; Water /cement ratio shall be measured by weight and shall be based on the total cementitious material. Water /cement ratio shall be determined by the supplier based on strength requirements and shall not exceed the maximum water /cement ratio ii shown above. SLUMP. Field measured slump shall conform to the submitted concrete mix design. Tolerance of slump shall conform to ASTM C 94. AIR CONTENT: An air - entraining agent conforming to ASTM C 260 shall be used in all concrete mixes for flatwork which is exposed to weather. The amount of entrained air shall be 5 percent ± 1 1/2 percent by volume. The amount of entrained air shall be measured in the field at the discharge end of the placing hose. CURING: If the air temperature will exceed 75 degrees F. within 48 hours of placing concrete, a moist cure shall be applied to the concrete for a period of 36 hours after finishing concrete surfaces. Refer to the project specifications for curing requirements. REINFORCING STEEL MATERIALS Deformed Bars - ASTM A 615, Grade 60 REVISION BY APP'D STRUCTURAL NOTES DATE REINFORCING STEEL Reinlorcing shall be supported as specified by the project specifications and the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, MSP -t Reinfordng steel shall be detailed in accordance with 'ACI Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures,' ACI 315, Lap all reinforcing bars as noted on the drawings. Where splice length is not shown, use Type Lb (Lbt for top bars) splice. Reinforcing steel shall have protection as follows, unless noted otherwise: Slab Bar STEEL REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS Welding - AWS Dt1 AWS prequalified joint details Welder Certification - Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) Steel Decking - Steel Deck Institute, AISI - Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members METAL DECK Any required repairs to steel deck shall conform to ASTM A 653, Grade 33 minimum. Minimum ly = 33,000 psi for Type N roof deck and 38,000 psi for all other decks. Deck welding shall be in accordance with AWS 01.3, 'Specification for Welding Sheet Steel in Structures' Welders shall be qualified by WABO Light Gauge Certification. Contractor shall provide closure plates, flashing and all miscellaneous light gage metal shapes necessary to complete any required metal deck repairs. The minimum bearing required shall be 2 inches. 1000 Lenora St. Suite 223 Seattle, WA 98121 (206) 622 -9450 (206) 622 -9462 fax =mm10 kchitecture Urban Design Planning Interior Design Cove( 1' In u •:ISTCn JAI . /ONAL k%'N. ��- i/1 EU'IItr 111/10/0? PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: DESIGNED: MB DRAWN: RF CHECKED: NF RECOMMENDED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST: • CONTRACT NO: SCALE: AS NOTED ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE f r IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: ,/W\ PARTIAL STRUCTURAL FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE: 1/8 =1' -U' r1 - HVAC UNIT SEE MECHANICAL FOR CJRB; PROVIDE PENETRATION IN EXISTING METAL ROOF DECK AS REQUIRED; PROVIDE REINFORCING AND TRIM S REQUIRED; SEE METAL f ECK NOTES PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 1/8' =1' -0• King County Department of Transportation T __ 0' 4' - 4" CONCRETE SLAB SEE CONCRETE NOTES r #4 @6 "OC N " -- - EXISTING SIDEWALK ��— DRILL & EPDXY GROUT #4 DOWELS ® 6" W /4" EMBED, LAP BARS 6' 16' (E) E) RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT' CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICEIWORKROOM REMODEL STRUCTURAL NOTES DATE: 1.18.02 DRAWING NO: S1.0 SHEET NO: OF 10 16 0 Inch 1/16 1 1 . I' , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I. 1 1 1 1 1 1 . , 1 I 3 fIrrirryrrre yv - -_ . - -ter _ -.._._�_._ ..i -- .._._ .. ...�.__. .. . L Y G, F' l G l .l `� Z > L _._. _.- 0 1111111111 1 IIiIh1i l fiII d I I I 0 a No, ECONOMIZER HOOD WITH RELIEF DAMPER. ADJUST TO DELIVER 100 CFM OUTSIDE AIR OR 100 X OUTSIDE AIR IN ECONOMIZER CYCLE. AIM nn►,gY g Oi 36' X 25" HOLE THRU ROOF 11 1 /e X 21' TO 12'0 DUCT TRANSITION SUPPLY AIR VOLUME DAMPER ADJUST TO DELIVER 800 CFM 140 I4'a NECK X 24' FACE CEILING DIFFUSER REVISION SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER PAC -1 BASE SEALING MATERIAL WOOD NAILER UNIT MOUNTING CURB REMOVABLE SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING FLASHING MEMBRANE (ADHERED TO CURB) STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FLEX CONNECTION (TYP) 18 1/8" X 11 1/2" TO 12"a DUCT TRANSITION I 4 "a PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP DETAIL SCALE:1 /2' -1' -0' BY APP'D DATE HIGH - DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" [457 mm] 0.C., DEPENDING UPON WIND ZONE AND LOCAL CONDMONS; MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) RETURN AIR VOLUME DAMPER f - 12'O INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (TYP) SEISMIC BOLT THRU HEAT PUMP BASE AND CURB CONTACT: OWEN NITTA JOB NUMBER: 013067 SEALANT (IF REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIC SYSTEM) • o EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE 4' RIGID BOARD THERMAL INSULATION METAL ROOF DECK PREFAB CURB NOTES; 1. THE CURBS, TOP WOOD NAILER, AND SEAL STRIP ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CURB MANUFACTURER. 2. ATTACH NAILER TO DECK WITH SUITABLE FASTENERS. 3. WHEN POSSIBLE, THE MECHANICAL UNITS SHOULD NOT BE SET UNTIL THE ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLASHING HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 . (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 HVAC SCHEDULE PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP; TRANE MODEL WCD- 018- F- I -L -O, 18,400 BTUH TOTAL, 12,000 BTUH SENSIBLE COOUNG CAPACITY 0 85•F OUTDOOR DRY BULB, 67F OUTDOOR WET BULB, PROVIDE FARR 30/30M 2" THICK THROWAWAY FILTERS. EER -9.35. 9,500 BTUH HEATING CAPACITY WITH 17'F OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE. COPs3.00. PROVIDE BAYHTRN105A, 3.74 KW SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER, ECONOMIZER KIT AND BAYCURB03OM ROOF MOUNTING CURB. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION, 44 MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS, 45 MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE. 208- 230V /10 /60HZ. CEILING DIFFUSER: TITUS "OMNr NT MODEL, ALL STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH FACE PANEL, LAY -IN FRAME TYPE 3 WITH SEISMIC CLIPS. #26 WHITE ANODIC ACRYLIC PAINT FINISH. RETURN GRILSE; TITUS MODEL 50R, EGGCRATE CORE WITH STEEL FRAME AND BORDER TYPE 3 FOR LAY -IN CEILING, WITH SEISMIC CUPS. #26 WHITE ANODIC ACRYLIC PAINT FINISH. DESIGNED: DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST, CONTRACT NO: PLUMBING SCHEDULE SINK; ELKAY MODEL LR -1722, 18- GAUGE -TYPE 302 -SELF RIMMING SINK WITH LK -99 DRAIN ASSEMBLY AND DELTA 27T3842 HEAVY DUTY GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH WRIST - BLADE HANDLES. PROVIDE 17 GAUGE CP P -TRAP AND 1/2" ANGLE COMPRESSION VALVED SUPPLIES. TRENCH DRAIN; J.R. SMITH MODEL 9832 HIGH STRENGTH POLYESTER DRAIN BODY WITH MODEL 9870 -492 RESIN COMPOSITE GRATE, END CAPS, PVC SCHEDULE 40 BOTTOM OUTLET AND 4' P -TRAP WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. TRAP PRIMER; PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS MODEL P -2, BRASS BODY WITH "O" RING SEALS AND ADJUSTABLE SET SCREW. SCALE: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE I- IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: A AFF AMP BHP BTU CD CD CFM CO COTO CW D EAT F F FCO FPM HP HW HWR HZ KW LAT MIN NO NTS OA PH POC RA RPM S SA SH SP T STAT TONS TOT HT V VD VTR W WB WCO King County Department of Transportation ABBREVIATIONS COMPRESSED AIR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMPERE AMP,AMPS) BRAKE HORSEPOWER BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN CEILING DIFFUSER CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CLEANOUT CLEANOUT TO GRADE COLD WATER DISCHARGE DRAIN ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE FAHRENHEIT FIRE (WET PIPE) FLOOR CLEANOUT FEET PER MINUTE HORSEPOWER HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN FREQUENCY KILOWATT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE MINIMUM NUMBER NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR PHASE (ELECTRICAL) POINT OF CONNECTION RETURN AIR REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RPM SANITARY, SOIL SUPPLY AIR SENSIBLE HEAT STATIC PRESSURE THERMOSTAT TONS OF REFRIGERATION TOTAL HEAT VENT, VOLT (ELECTRICAL) VOLUME DAMPER VENT THRU ROOF WATT WET BULB WALL CLEANOUT .MECHANICAL DRAWING INDEX M1.0 MECHANICAL DETAIL, SCHEDULE & SYMBOLS M2.0 HVAC PLAN M3.0 PLUMBING PLAN cm? ? OF TU PERMIT CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL MECHANICAL DETAIL, SCHEDULE & SYMBOLS DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: M1.0 SHEET NO: OF 11 16 I'1 I I 0 Inch 1/16 I I'I'I'I'I IIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIII IIIIII►III1IIIIIIIII11 3 I ' I A I ! , • IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111111IIIIIII1IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AND LEGEND _ PLUMBING HVAC SYMBOL A DESCRIPTION COMPRESSED AIR SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TRAP PRIMER SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DIFFUSER, WITH FLEX CONNECTION o - COLD WATER 0 ELBOW TURNED UP - 'v - ' f EXHAUST /RETURN REGISTER, WITH FLEX CONNECTION CD CONDENSATE DRAIN (ABOVE GRADE) C ELBOW TURNED DOWN 0 SENSOR WITH CONTROLLER F FIRE (WET PIPE) CONNECTION, BOTTOM --- VOLUME DAMPER HOT WATER -- I CONNECTION, TOP IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII FLEXIBLE DUCT -- - RECIRCULATING (HOT WATER RETURN) BREAK LINE DUCT SIZE, FIRST FIGURE IS SIDE SHOWN ' 12/20 - SANITARY (ABOVE GRADE) PIPE CAP FLEXIBLE CONNECTION ' -- SANITARY (BELOW GRADE) - POINT OF CONNECTION (—"—] DIFFUSER, LINEAR I <!--- VENT — FLOOR CLEANOUT/CLEANOUT TO GRADE BALL VALVE II- — WALL CLEANOUT /CLEANOUT — ' '� { I r l� UNION Bl»1]1» TRENCH DRAIN MISCELLANEOUS + LATERAL 0 RISER/VENT THRU ROOF (VTR) MECHANICAL SYSTEM TO REMAIN 4 CROSS • PENDANT SPRINLER /, //j MECHANICAL SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED , 1/„/ / P, TEE NOT SOME SYMBOLS IN THIS LEGEND MAY NOT APPEAR ON THE ACTUAL DRAWINGS. 0 a No, ECONOMIZER HOOD WITH RELIEF DAMPER. ADJUST TO DELIVER 100 CFM OUTSIDE AIR OR 100 X OUTSIDE AIR IN ECONOMIZER CYCLE. AIM nn►,gY g Oi 36' X 25" HOLE THRU ROOF 11 1 /e X 21' TO 12'0 DUCT TRANSITION SUPPLY AIR VOLUME DAMPER ADJUST TO DELIVER 800 CFM 140 I4'a NECK X 24' FACE CEILING DIFFUSER REVISION SHEET METAL FLASHING RECEIVER PAC -1 BASE SEALING MATERIAL WOOD NAILER UNIT MOUNTING CURB REMOVABLE SHEET METAL COUNTERFLASHING FLASHING MEMBRANE (ADHERED TO CURB) STRUCTURAL SUPPORT AS REQUIRED SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FLEX CONNECTION (TYP) 18 1/8" X 11 1/2" TO 12"a DUCT TRANSITION I 4 "a PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP DETAIL SCALE:1 /2' -1' -0' BY APP'D DATE HIGH - DOMED, CAPPED, GASKETED FASTENERS (APPROX. 18" [457 mm] 0.C., DEPENDING UPON WIND ZONE AND LOCAL CONDMONS; MINIMUM TWO FASTENERS PER SIDE) RETURN AIR VOLUME DAMPER f - 12'O INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (TYP) SEISMIC BOLT THRU HEAT PUMP BASE AND CURB CONTACT: OWEN NITTA JOB NUMBER: 013067 SEALANT (IF REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIC SYSTEM) • o EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE 4' RIGID BOARD THERMAL INSULATION METAL ROOF DECK PREFAB CURB NOTES; 1. THE CURBS, TOP WOOD NAILER, AND SEAL STRIP ARE TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CURB MANUFACTURER. 2. ATTACH NAILER TO DECK WITH SUITABLE FASTENERS. 3. WHEN POSSIBLE, THE MECHANICAL UNITS SHOULD NOT BE SET UNTIL THE ROOF MEMBRANE AND FLASHING HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 . (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 HVAC SCHEDULE PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP; TRANE MODEL WCD- 018- F- I -L -O, 18,400 BTUH TOTAL, 12,000 BTUH SENSIBLE COOUNG CAPACITY 0 85•F OUTDOOR DRY BULB, 67F OUTDOOR WET BULB, PROVIDE FARR 30/30M 2" THICK THROWAWAY FILTERS. EER -9.35. 9,500 BTUH HEATING CAPACITY WITH 17'F OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE. COPs3.00. PROVIDE BAYHTRN105A, 3.74 KW SUPPLEMENTARY HEATER, ECONOMIZER KIT AND BAYCURB03OM ROOF MOUNTING CURB. PROVIDE SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION, 44 MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS, 45 MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE. 208- 230V /10 /60HZ. CEILING DIFFUSER: TITUS "OMNr NT MODEL, ALL STEEL CONSTRUCTION WITH FACE PANEL, LAY -IN FRAME TYPE 3 WITH SEISMIC CLIPS. #26 WHITE ANODIC ACRYLIC PAINT FINISH. RETURN GRILSE; TITUS MODEL 50R, EGGCRATE CORE WITH STEEL FRAME AND BORDER TYPE 3 FOR LAY -IN CEILING, WITH SEISMIC CUPS. #26 WHITE ANODIC ACRYLIC PAINT FINISH. DESIGNED: DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK REQUEST, CONTRACT NO: PLUMBING SCHEDULE SINK; ELKAY MODEL LR -1722, 18- GAUGE -TYPE 302 -SELF RIMMING SINK WITH LK -99 DRAIN ASSEMBLY AND DELTA 27T3842 HEAVY DUTY GOOSENECK FAUCET WITH WRIST - BLADE HANDLES. PROVIDE 17 GAUGE CP P -TRAP AND 1/2" ANGLE COMPRESSION VALVED SUPPLIES. TRENCH DRAIN; J.R. SMITH MODEL 9832 HIGH STRENGTH POLYESTER DRAIN BODY WITH MODEL 9870 -492 RESIN COMPOSITE GRATE, END CAPS, PVC SCHEDULE 40 BOTTOM OUTLET AND 4' P -TRAP WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. TRAP PRIMER; PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS MODEL P -2, BRASS BODY WITH "O" RING SEALS AND ADJUSTABLE SET SCREW. SCALE: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE I- IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: A AFF AMP BHP BTU CD CD CFM CO COTO CW D EAT F F FCO FPM HP HW HWR HZ KW LAT MIN NO NTS OA PH POC RA RPM S SA SH SP T STAT TONS TOT HT V VD VTR W WB WCO King County Department of Transportation ABBREVIATIONS COMPRESSED AIR ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMPERE AMP,AMPS) BRAKE HORSEPOWER BRITISH THERMAL UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN CEILING DIFFUSER CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CLEANOUT CLEANOUT TO GRADE COLD WATER DISCHARGE DRAIN ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE FAHRENHEIT FIRE (WET PIPE) FLOOR CLEANOUT FEET PER MINUTE HORSEPOWER HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN FREQUENCY KILOWATT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE MINIMUM NUMBER NOT TO SCALE OUTSIDE AIR PHASE (ELECTRICAL) POINT OF CONNECTION RETURN AIR REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RPM SANITARY, SOIL SUPPLY AIR SENSIBLE HEAT STATIC PRESSURE THERMOSTAT TONS OF REFRIGERATION TOTAL HEAT VENT, VOLT (ELECTRICAL) VOLUME DAMPER VENT THRU ROOF WATT WET BULB WALL CLEANOUT .MECHANICAL DRAWING INDEX M1.0 MECHANICAL DETAIL, SCHEDULE & SYMBOLS M2.0 HVAC PLAN M3.0 PLUMBING PLAN cm? ? OF TU PERMIT CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL MECHANICAL DETAIL, SCHEDULE & SYMBOLS DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: M1.0 SHEET NO: OF 11 16 I'1 I I 0 Inch 1/16 I I'I'I'I'I IIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIII IIIIII►III1IIIIIIIII11 3 I ' I A I ! , • IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111111IIIIIII1IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 0 0 a. 70 CFM Ck oO ALTERED - .ALTER -- STOR fi LUN R0 1 o a 105 1 1 3" X 10" dUCT1 TE MJNATE !WITH RETURN BEN 18 ?' ;ABOVE ROOF' • „ - I 4. RED COPY RA CF M 1 5 •1_ \/I f LOCKERROOlr1 I1 , .L. . 1, —, \, ` , -H_ : L- -.- i/ \i 44 t r REVISION ZONE DUCTS 2 THRU 12 FROM AHU -1 70 CFM ! 100 CFI 1 —_ 1_ 1 MEN'S L pow / 4 BY APP'D DATE RELOCATE ALTERED CONFERENCE — 100 I CAP EXISTING DUCT EXISTING STORAGE RELOCATE LD AND FLEXIBLE DUCT CFM 230 EXISTING CFM 23 FACE CONTACT: OWEN NITTA JOB NUMBER: 013067 L , I — 'r � I •� � ` • ; / ; I Y •i REEO4 E LD REMOV€ LD LTEREie I AREA VCf 1 2 50 0 STING - CFM 255 0 % CFM 125 EXISTING wJi OFFICE CFM 125 EXISTING VESTIBULE - -- .. CFM 210 EXISTING OFFICE M CFM 210 EXISTING . J 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 ti! LL (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 REMOVE EXISTING LINEAR DIFFUSER AND FLEX DUCTS. RELOCATE TO NEW ROOMS 103 & ALTERED OFFICE AREA 6 X 10 NEW OFFICE LIOS I ALTERED OFFICE 1 107 1 REBALANCE LD TO DELIVER 300 CFM PROVIDE NEW BALANCING DAMPER ALTERED OFFICE 1 106 I REBALANCE LD TO DELIVER 150 CFM • RELOCATE FIRE SPRINISLERI HEAD • 1, • ^FIv� 185_ CFM 60—r -. ML�TER LNNCQI R 1 103 I a 1 05 / _\ 8" X 1 " pucri TEI2M)NATEa; WITH RETURN KENO 1,8 • ROVE ROOF I • • � / •� ' RELOCATED LD • .-- Y�!`^..i CF� ,. .`•x...1. I ' _C ASO ALTE E® OFF CE 41Edf _ II CFM 2 50 .. ALTERED OFFICE II AfEA tCFM 2 50 - RECOMMENDED: DRAWN: CHECKED: - 90PdEI .D"C LOCKERROOM 1 DESIGNED: CONTRACT NO: ZONE DUCTS 2 THRU 12 FROM AHU -1 i I 70 CFM 1 70 CFM i 100 CFM • 100 CFM'' O PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORK SEGUE& 370 CFMI 370 CFM 'I SANG LAUNDRY ROOM SCALE: ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: 300 CFM King County Department of Transportation 10 8 X 14 STORAGE t ^ CFM 195 = rOCFM..1.95:' TI EXISTING 8 X 6 CAM 12 >4 R CFM 21 r "' :.2ICFM_.2 . . -:• 4aXlSTINO EXISTING—.—. IMENS KITCHEN STROUI9 ;CFM 210 6X6- 11 t_J RELOCATED LD D LD NEW pUCT CONN10 x d0 1 , G RELOCATE THERMOSTAT CFM 230 EXISTING CFM 23 OFFICE EXISTING OFFICE CFM 255 CFM 125 I EXiSTINA C ' 1 f�FFICE CFM 75 CFM 125 EXISTING OFFICE -. EXISTING VESTIBULE 7 EXISTING UNEAR DIFFUSERS (LD) CFM AND DUCTWORK (TYP) NOTE: REBALANCE NEW AND EXISTING AIR DEVICES TO CFM'S SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IN THE COOLING CYCLE. CONTACT PAUL SORENSON (LOCATED IN OFFICE 107) OF KC METRO FOR ASSISTANCE. RECEIVED MTV OP TUKWILA PERM T CENTER METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL 1 M CFM 210 OFFICE CFM 210 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION & MECHANICAL PLAN 14"0 NECK X 24" FACE CEIUNO DIFFUSER, 800 CFM 14"! SUPPLY DUCT WITH VOLUME DAMPER UP TO 21 "X11" UNIT CONNECTION 14'. RETURN DUCT UP TO 11 "X18' UNIT CONNECTION NEW WORKROOM ioo 1 6 X 10 14 "0 NECK X 24 FACE CEILING RETURN GRILLE 1 1, 1 NORTH DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: M2.0 SHEET NO: OF 12 16 No. 11 1 1 I 0 Inch 1/16 5L YE t %l, 1 t i 1 1111111111 1U► 1111111111111111111111I I i i I 11 i j i_ i lLi 3 VE = d I 1 1111 IJI1 • 1J1111111 111111 11 11111111 1IIII1 11 111111111 111111111� 111LIIIIL�IIIIIII ,IIIIIIIIIIII! 0 a No. 1 /2" HW, CW AND HWR BALL VALVES (�, ALTERED COPEIl)ERE 100 XST `G POC 1/2" HW, CW AND STORAGE ORAOE HWR TO 2 1/2" CW, 1 1/2" HW AND 3/4 HWR REVISION 2" VTR 1/2" HW /CW AND Z' V DN ABOVE CEILING / COMPR? ' Al ASSEM :LY'IjELOCA . EXISTIN ' WASTEWA • 1/2 COMPRESSED AIR DOWN POOSTI G O II Il V� PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4' -V -O" BY APP'D DATE MIN TRAP PRIMER WITH 12" X12" ACCESS PANEL CONTACT: OWEN NITTA JOB NUMBER: 013067 NORTH 3/4` COMPRESSED AIR FROM EXISTING MAIN 2" S,2"V AND 1 /2 CW UP THRU FLOOR 2 wco 1/2" COMPRESSED AIR DOWN EXISTING 6" COTG COMPRESSED AIR REGULATOR ASSEMBLY RELOCATED FROM EXISTING WASTEWATER LABORATORY 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 EXISTING 6" SANRARY TRENCH DRAIN 1/2" TRAP PRIMER CW SEE WATER DIAGRAM I � 2" V ABOVE CEILING SINK 4" DESIGNED: DRAWN: CHECKED: RECOMMENDED: Y WCO Y VTR, LOCATE 10' -O' AWAY FROM PAC -1, SEE SHEET M2.0 FOR LOCATION IBIS NO: wog REQUEST, CONTRACT NO: PROJECT MANAGER: POC 4 SANRARY TO 6 SANITARY PIPE APPROVED: SCALE: POC TO EXISTING CW, HW Qt HWR FIN. FLR. ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE r SITE LOCATION NO: 3/4" - IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY t / COMPRESSED AIR_pIAGRAM SCALE:NTS King County Department of Transportation BALL VALVES ABOVE CEILING SINK CITY OF Tui wi PERMIT CENTER Jii RELOCATED REGULATOR ASSEMBLY AND HOSE CONNECTION (TYP) 1/2" BALL DRAIN VALVE AND CAP (TYP) TRAP PRIMER, PROVIDE 12 X 12" ACCESS PANEL METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL PLUMBING PLAN 1 CW IN WALL FIN. FLR. 1 /2" 1/2" CW BELOW SLAB TRENCH DRAIN P -TRAP 4 \ 1/r 1/2" DATE: 01 - 18 -2002 DRAWING NO: M3.0 SHEET NO: OF 13 16 1 _ I I I i 0 Inch 1/16 1 2 3 d tr 1 -".¢2"f ., rrai1(WTT T st '7t i` I I .. t Z i o 111111111 1111111 11 11111 11 ilia 1 11111 1111 j 1 11[111111 1ill1 111111111 111111114 iill1i11 1111 11I 1iii11111 11milhuil illll1l11iii l A. PANELBOARD P2 -F6 -1 SERVICE VOLTAGE : 208/ 120 3 PHASE 4 WEE LIGHTED AREAS SERVED: NONE AS A PRIMARY FUNCTION SERVED 208/120 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE 225 AMP MW MOUNTING: FLUSH 1 SECTION: SINGLE WGS LOAD VA SERVES WEE C.B. CKT PH CKT C.B. WIRE SERVES LOW VA 0 R -GEN RM101 -104 0 2D/I 1 • ELECTRIC HEAT 2 20/1 16 MICROWAVE OVEN No new ELECTRIC HEAT AC REFRIGERATION R -GEN RM101 -104 0 20/1 3 • 4 20/1 - - -- MICROWAVE OVEN __- No new GENERAL MOTOR load, R -GEN 1111101 -104 - 20/I 5 • 6 20/1 25 COFFEE MAKER 84 0 R -GEN RM106- 107,118,9 SERVCE CAPACITY 20/1 7 • 8 20/1 - - -- COFFEE MAKER ___ R -GEN RMI06- 107,118,9 - - -- 20/1 9 • 10 20/I INSTA HOT R -GEN RM111 20/I 11 • 12 20/2 - _ - _ HAIR DRYER M. RM #78 ___ R -GEN RM111 20/1 13 • 14 - -- - - -- VENDING MACHINE )87B -__ R -GEN RMI12 -117 20 /I 15 • 16 20/2 HAIR DRYER W. RM 178 R -GIN RM112 -117 - - -- 20 /1 17 • 18 -- LTG SHOWER 122 -__ R -GEN RM121- 125,127 2D /I 19 • 20 20/1 COPY MACHINE RM. 109 R -GET RM121- 125,127 20/1 21 • 22 20/2 COPY MACHINE RM, 115 R -GEN RM125,126,129 20/1 20/1 23 25 • • 24 26 - -- 20/1 - - -- WATER COOLER -_- i i 10(11 ,,I, _J R -GEN RM126,128,129 PROJ SCREEN RM 126 25 • 2D /I 27 • 28 40/2 SPACE RANGE TOP 1192 SPARE • 20/1 29 • 30 - -- - - -- CLEANING REC 20/2 31 • 32 20/2 JOAN COMPUTER -- - TEMP POWER TO TRAILER 40/2 35 • 38 20/1 R -GE4 RA11I5, ROOF - - -- - -- 37 • 38 20/I R -GET 811107 SPACE 39 • 40 2051 R -GEL 1111106,107 SPACE 41 • 42 20 1 R -GEN R11106 PANELBOARD P2 -F6 -2 SERVICE VOLTAGE : 208/ 120 3 PHASE 4 WEE LIGHTED AREAS SERVED: NONE AS A PRIMARY FUNCTION SERVED 206/120 VOLT / 3 PARSE / 4 WIRE 100 AMP IALO MOUNTING; FLUSH 1 SECTION: SINGLE WOO LOAD VA SERVES WIRE C.B. CKT PH CIO' C.B. WEE SERVES LOAD VA 0 CLOTHES WASHER 1176 0 20/1 1 • ELECTRIC HEAT 2 20/2 16 VENDING MACHINE /87A No new ELECTRIC HEAT AC REFRIGERATION CLOTHES WASHER f)77 0 30/2 3 • 4 - -- - - -- - __- No new GENERAL MOTOR load, EXISII4G LOAD - 25 5 • 6 20/2 25 CLEANING REC 84 0 VENDING MACHINE #87A SERVCE CAPACITY 20/2 7 • 8 - -- - - -- SERVICE CAPACITY less NEC LOAD ___ - - -- - -- 9 • 10 20/2 COMP. RM. NR CORD #2 VENDING MACHINE ICE 20/1 11 • 12 - -- - _ - _ ___ SPARE 20/I 13 • 14 20/1 VENDING MACHINE )87B VENDING MACHINE jB7A 20/2 15 • 16 20/1 VENOING MACHINE )'87B - - -- - -- 17 • 18 20/1 LTG SHOWER 122 HEATER CH -I #30 20/1 19 • 20 20/1 LTG SHOWER 123 COMP, RM. AIR COND. 1 20/2 21 • 22 20/2 SPARE - -� 5680 _J SPACE 25 • 28 SPACE SPACE 27 • 28 50/2 6 INAC WORKROOM SPACE LOAD ANALYSIS-- P2 -F8 -2 SERVICE VOLTAGE : 208/ 120 3 PHASE 4 WEE LIGHTED AREAS SERVED: NONE AS A PRIMARY FUNCTION SERVED CONN (KVA) NEC (INA) PHASE (AMPS) NWT (MAPS) REMARKS ON AEC COMPUTATION UGHI1NG 0 0 0 0 No new UGFITNC load. RECEPTACLES 0 0 0 0 QUANTITY= 0 at 180 VA PER APPLIED NEC TBL 220 -13 FOR QWw ELECTRIC HEAT 8 8 16 0 No new ELECTRIC HEAT AC REFRIGERATION 0 0 0 0 No new AC loads. MISC MOTORS 0 0 0 0 No new GENERAL MOTOR load, EXISII4G LOAD 20 25 68 0 125% of 1 YEAR MMX DEMAND NEC 220 -35 TOTAL 25 30 84 0 SERVCE CAPACITY 100 TOTAL SPARE CAPACITY 16 SERVICE CAPACITY less NEC LOAD LOAD ANALYSIS-- P2 -F6 -1 SERVICE VOLTAGE : 206/ 120 3 PHASE 4 WRE LIGHTED AREAS SERVED: NONE AS A PRIMARY FUNCTION SERVED CONN (INA) NEC (KVA) PRASE (AMPS) NEUT (AMPS) REMARKS ON NEC COMPUTATION UGHDNG 0 0 0 a No new LIGHTING load. RECEPTACLES 3 3 9 9 QUANTITY. 18 at 100 VA PER APPLIED NEC TBL 220-13 FOR OWN ELECTRIC HEAT 0 0 0 0 No new ELECTRIC HEAT AC REFRIGERATION 0 0 0 0 No new AC loads. MISC MOTORS 0 o o 0 No new GENERAL MOTOR loud. DOSING LOAD 27 34 93 0 125% of I YEAR MAX DEMAND NEC 220 -35 TOTAL .30 37 102 9 SERVICE CAPACITY 225 TOTAL SPARE CAPAllIY 123 SEFMCE CAPACITY lest NEC LOAD a O INDICATES NOTES THIS SHEET. ( 10 I No. GENERAL P -31 PROVIDE AN INDIVIDUAL 'HOME RUN' FROM THIS LOCATION TO THE PANEL AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATION INDICATED (I.e. PANEL 'P', CIRCUIT 031). UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED PER N.E.C. BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR RACEWAY, CONCEALED IN WALLS OR CEILINGS, NUMBER OF HASH MARKS INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS, NO HASH MARKS INDICATES 2 CONDUCTORS (#12 THHN U.N.O.), SOLID DOTS INDICATE A SEPARATE GROUND WIRE. PROVIDE CODE -SIZED GREEN GROUND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL RACEWAYS, RACEWAY, BELOW FLOORS OR GRADE CEILINGS, NUMBER OF HASH MARKS INDICATES NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS, NO HASH MARKS INDICATES 2 CONDUCTORS (#12 THHN U.N.O.), SOUD DOTS INDICATE A SEPARATE GROUND WIRE. PROVIDE CODE -SIZED GREEN GROUND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL RACEWAYS. SWITCH - SINGLE POLE (SUBSCRIPTS a,b, eta, DENOTES FIXTURE CONTROLLED) 3 WAY SWITCH MOTOR RATED DISCONNECT SWITCH PIR WALL MOUNTED MOTION SENSOR (WATT STOPPER WI -200) PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROL LIGHTING 2X4 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE, (SUBSCRIPT INDICATES SWITCHING CONTROL). 2X2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. (SUBSCRIPT INDICATES SWITCHING CONTROL). WALL MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED FIXTURE EMERGENCY WALL PACK FIXTURE WALL MOUNTED EXIT SIGN EXIT SIGN - DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED, LIGHT FIXTURE TYPE DESIGNATION X •• TYPE (SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE) REVISION ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS BY APP'D Int o- 4 QJ JUNCTION BOX. DATE RECEPTACLES DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. MULTI- OUTLET ASSEMBLY WIREMOLD, RECEPTACLES AS INDICATED. COMMUNICATION$ TELEPHONE OUTLET; STUB CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG SPACE (IF NO ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG ROUTE CONDUIT TO TM.) D DUPLEX OUTLET, 2 DATA CONNECTIONS AND 2 TELEPHONE CONNECTIONS U.N.O. EQUIPMENT l BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (TM) MOTOR CONNECTION. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (SEE SCHEDULE). DJ DISCONNECT SWITCH ® ELECTRICAL POINT OF CONNECTION FIXTURE SCHEDULE FR1 2'X4' RECESSED TROFFER, STEEL HOUSING WITH BAKED WHITE FINISH, PATTERN ACRYLIC LENS .125. MANUFACTURER: METALUX GC232A SERIES. 277 VOLT. IN UT : (2) 32 82 3500K MW1 METAL HALIDE WALL PACK. DIE -CAST ALUMINUM HOUSING FINISHED IN DARK BRONZE POYESTER POWDER COAT. OPTICAL SYSTEM SEALED WITH FOAM IN PLACE SILCONE GASKETING. PRISMATIC BOROSIUCATE GLASS REFRACTOR. MANUFACTURER: LUMARK GPGLASS -PAK SERIES. 277 VOLT. LAMPS: (1) 70W MH INPUT WATTS 94 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 e l p m17928 (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 CONTACT: FRANK STARR JOB NUMBER: 013067 A.C. AFF AG A,AMP ATS AWC CB EWC FA FBOIC C, CRD GFI HP 10 IH J -BOX MCC N NIC NL PNL R RO RACEWAY ONLY RECEPT SPECS SW SWBD TELE TTB TYP U.N.O. V VP W WP (E) (R) (ER) ABBREVIATIONS ABOVE COUNTER ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE GRADE AMPERE AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE CIRCUIT BREAKER ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FIRE ALARM FURNISHED BY OTHERS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR GROUND GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HORSEPOWER ISOLATED GROUND INSTANT HOT WATER JUNCTION BOX MOTOR CONTROL CENTER NEUTRAL NOT IN CONTRACT NIGHT UGHT, FIXTURE NOT SWITCHED PANEL RACEWAY RECEPTACLE SPECIFICATIONS SWITCH SWITCHBOARD TELEPHONE TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VOLT VANDAL PROOF WIRE OR WATT WEATHERPROOF PHASE EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED DESIGNED: FHS DRAWN: MDW CHECKED: LDB RECOMMENDED: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: wORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO: SCALE: NTS ONE INCH AT — FULL SIZE 1 IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS CITY OF RECEIVUKWI LA PERMIT CENTER DATE: 01 - 18 - 2002 DRAWING NO: E1.0 SHEET N0: OF 14 16 s l IIIIIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I ) I_IIIJIII�IIII I_I VIII I_I I 1 si IIIIIiiII1IIII'IIIIi1IIIilIIIi IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII D (F' �G (8 r � 11 IIK:�1 ) rte, :F, r -1 1 rr L J (R) L J (R) I 1 LJ LJ ihIJttZ? EAST Tt^l LiINCItR >011 !"r.54I NG Min t,(Y, ?7 ?■ 91 111:111W l:XI:11 :NS(R) ✓ 1 r I 1 1 F 4 (R) 4(R) 1 1 1 L A) ) arf:1 ti E.41k'lthl COkirSrIkH ETIOTING FT:.4(111 EXITnNG MOULAGE La 1 1 LJ (R) 1 IO A E2.0 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/8" - 1' -0' (5) H 4 Fr' 1111 < f;1114 (7) L i1a'91idt " KE1IHtJ E ",ut 1. 'cron t,Al!`NDT1'f 1 113 f 1 112 1 u :. 1il'ixa m211(ri 11G4J 1751 :1161 DISTIV (>> .1 fge [ 1zo : f r ^-I :�i.t }zEv j ( 5) i YO 1 p LCEtNEb CITY OF iruKwitA NOTES THIS SHEQ 'QERMMIT CENTER O INTERCEPT EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT. O EXISTING UGHTING TO REMAIN. Cr RELOCATE SWITCH TO THIS LOCATION, O REUSE EXISTING UGHT. CLEAN AND RELAMP. NORTH No. REVISION BY ApP'D DATE CONTACT: FRANK STARR JOB NUMBER: 013067 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 DESIGNED: FHS DRAWN: MDW CHECKED: LOB RECOMMENDED: PROJECT MANAGER: APPROVED: IBIS NO: WORTS REQUEST; CONTRACT NO: SCALE: 1/8 " =1•-0" ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE r i IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: King County Department of Transportation METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL LIGHTING DEMOLITION & LIGHTING PLAN DATE: 0 1 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: E2.0 SHEET NO: OF 15 16 1 I vVvr. s 1 '; L i o 11111111111111111M X1111111 11111 1 ili11111 1 1 111111I1111I111i111I1I1111 1111Ii��ilii��1iiii1iiiiliiiiLiiiili��il�i1 111 ( l E )_ G ( 1 )..._......'._..... No. TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT ( REVISION BY APP'D DATE 7 (6) CONTACT: FRANK STARR JOB NUMBER: 013067 (5I ® NOT USED. 3 3 11 (4) ,. ;(3) ri11'a:k F.:6tiTlk i Iii :'t+iFkk :l ?:t1:4 HVAC CONTROLS TO REMAIN ti13.T'J"ti is t11i' )f :1) :0 EZ?trotre tlll•}Rt; I, {Ki?+tiii 13'.IfttBt�d MONE;B 3114 1 4 4.41 1 1 )1: _ 22,24 CRf I ,- PNL P2_F. 2 PNL P2— — e:71:151 3 11 ra�i�t•:S: '1:41111I4:1 cx,u =1r1>Jt h�IXitili2 WPM mom I1.41.1.T.MY PNL P4 —f 6 tt�ti�t� arcux F.1Ti :11X0 c+1 iDiRST1110 OfI;C11 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES THIS SHEET SCALE: 1/8" - 1' -0" CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES, CONDUIT, WIRE, ETC. TO PREPARE WALL FOR DEMOLITION. ® CORD REEL, MOUNT TO WALL AT 8' -0 ". INSUL -8 CABLE REELS, 1200 SERIES POWERREEL, CAT. No. 121140303012. 03 COORDINATE EXACT CONNECTION LOCATION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT ON ROOF WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. USE 80A /3P /600V DISCONNECT. FURNISH 80A -2P BREAKER IN PANEL. 4O CONVENIENCE 09 RECEPTACLE WITH RNNTIGHT WHILE IN USE COVER (NEMA 3R) LOCATED ON ROOF. 17928 BOTHELL EVERETT HWY SE, SUITE H BOTHELL, WASHINGTON 98012 illgThr (425) 481 -7735 FAX (425) 481 -7692 O CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES TO PANEL P2 — F6 - 1. FURNISH 4 20A -1P BREAKERS IN PANEL. O RELOCATED HORN /STROBE. 23 41 • 38 RECOMMENDED: ,LII7,11t:I2 riTiTJ 25 DESIGNED: FHS DRAWN: MDW CHECKED: LDB PROJECT MANAGER; APPROVED: IBIS NO; WORK REQUEST: CONTRACT NO LiMIAMI 11061 SCALE: 118 " =1 - 0' ONE INCH AT FULL SIZE IF NOT ONE INCH, SCALE ACCORDINGLY SITE LOCATION NO: itllsf+ 3 P; Y 3'ME ' L U 1(7) King County Department of Transportation Fri eg,i tdn Lau PNL P2 —F6 -2 !Qrr.0 Ely] �I PNL P2— r . '.. I 1 '.if,t;il. Nrd,i, L 12! J ELT] Los POWER/COMMUNICATION PLAN SCALE: 1/8' PNL P4— rl MOUNT AC CFI (TYP 4) ��' r � } i �, }t•: �i +,117 E_15 PNL P2 —D1 -1 (E) _l — CO'CATE'1:kISTR7 • 2 "C — 314, 1,10 G UP TO +8' -0 TO CLEAR NEW DOOR +96 MOUNT 96" AFF 1 "C -316 1#10G FIECErV'ED CITY OF TUKWILA METRO TRANSIT DIVISION SOUTH BASE FACILITIES OFFICE /WORKROOM REMODEL POWER DEMOLITION PLAN AND POWER/COMM PLAN PERMIT CENTER NORTH DATE: 01 -18 -2002 DRAWING NO: E3.0 SHEET NO: OF 16 16 5'1 r 1. „.a 30 0{ 2 11 L l 0 X11 11 1 1 1 1 11111111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 : 1 11 1 1. 1 1 . 11 ��! �i�ii: iiiil�� i��I�i ii��iiil► ��i�l��iliiii�iii ►li�ii�iihiliiii�iiiiliiii�i��1.1111 1 iliu 1111111 1 1 6